Engineering Review June 2013

Event Covered

Haas Automation : Global leadership in CNC machine arena Mr. Terrence Miranda - Managing Director, Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd. Pg. No. 70-72

Machine Tools Industry Interview: • Solitaire Machine Tools Company Profile : • Schmalz India Technology Update : • Renishaw India • Haas India

Material Handling Industry Technology Update : • Igus India Interviews: • Armsel MHE • Maini Materials Movement

Power Industry Technology Update : • CG’s 1200 KV transformer development • High-Resolution Thermal Imagers from Testo • Surge Protection Device by OBO BETTERMAN • FLIR infrared thermography application story

• Latest Projects • Product Reviews

IN

FOCUS

An exclusive technology overview of machine tools & material handling industry (Refer Pg.12)

Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd. - Drill / Tap Edition

Volume 13 No.2 June 2013 Rs. 150 A MONTHLY MAGAZINE ON ENGINEERING & ALLIED INDUSTRY RNI NO. MAHENG/2004/15135 www.engrreview.com

速

June 2013 Rs. 150

A MONTHLY MAGAZINE ON ENGINEERING & ALLIED INDUSTRY

E-Z setup

Drill and Tap milling

Drill / Tap Edition

Repeat (max profit)

The DT-1 | High-Speed Drill / Tap | Affordable Haas Price

Haas Factory Outlet – India locations

Simple. Innovation.

Sales: Ahmedabad: 079- 079 32405007, Bangalore: 080-41179452/53, Chennai: 044 - 65156052, Coimbatore: 0422-2413924 Delhi: 9312-909801, Kolhapur: 0231-2677979, Mumbai: 022-61321500, Pune: 020-32935433

Service: North: 09312550550, West (Guj) and Central: 09376150150, West (Mah) and east: 09325150150, South: 080-41179452/53 Haas Automation IndIA

I

Tel: (91) 22 61392800, 66098830

I

indiasales@haascnc.com

I

www.HaasCNC.com

Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd. - Drill / Tap Edition

Volume 13 No.2

Totally Integrated Efficient Engineering Solutions

Electrical design engineering software

Control cabinet engineering in 3D

Engineering soft (Hydraulic, pneu

EPLAN, Part of Friedhelm Loh Group and 100% subsidiary of Rittal International.

EPLAN India started its operation in the year 2000. Worldwide EPLAN provides support to it's 35,000 customers & 95,000 license installation with more than 1500 licenses in India.

Faster Engineering Error Free Design Automatic Documentation Concurrent Engineering

Head Office : Bangalore, Branch office: Mumbai, Chennai, Noida, Pune

080-41515497

info@eplan.in

www.eplan.in

tware for Fluid power umatic, lubrication, cooling)

Instrumentation & PCT engineering for process automation

Process & Instrumentation Diagram

BUSINESS NEWS

The new name in additive manufacturing

R

enishaw’s laser melting is a pioneering additive manufacturing process capable of producing fully dense metal parts direct from 3D CAD using a high-powered fibre laser.

Parts are built from a range of fine metal powders that are fully melted in a tightly controlled atmosphere layer by layer in thicknesses ranging from 20 to 100 microns.

The current range of machines are the third generation designs and, following several years of detailed market feedback from key development partners and clients, now represent state-ofthe-art manufacturing systems.

Key features, providing significant enhancements over previous models, include variable powder delivery, ultra low oxygen content in the build atmosphere and an unparalleled safe change filter system to minimise user materials contact.

The range comprises the AM250 and the AM125, both of which feature vacuum technology and low gas consumption. The machine has

been designed for ease of use within a manufacturing environment and features a touch-screen interface and various menu options for machine preparation and clean down. Machine robustness has been given high priority, adopting a ‘machine tool’ approach to use and serviceability.

Consumables costs are minimised through careful design and features, such as the soft re-coater blade that can be rotated several times before replacement and the use of low-cost filter elements, right through to low gas consumption all contribute to system reliability and low cost of ownership.

Renishaw’s laser melting systems have always processed a wide selection of materials and the new range is no exception, but with the additional benefits of rapid materials changeover on the AM125 via a cassette type materials delivery system and by the removable hopper on the AM250; particularly useful where materials development or a range of materials are in use. The capability to safely process reactive

materials, such as titanium and aluminium, is a standard feature on Renishaw AM machines. In particular, the gas knife that clears away reactive sooty emissions and the heated build plate are both pre-requisites for the successful processing of both materials.

Both the new machines feature a fully welded vacuum chamber, enabling low-pressure evacuation followed by a recharge with high purity argon gas. The gas consumption rate, after the initial chamber flood, is extremely low, and allows operation at oxygen concentrations below 50 parts per million a crucial factor when processing reactive materials such as titanium and aluminium; and contributing significantly to material integrity and mechanical performance.

All file preparation is completed off-line through a choice of interface, either Marcam Autofab software or via Materialise Magics. Once complete, the build file is uploaded to the machine via a secure network or direct connection. Product traceability has been improved by the addition of process data and event logging as standard, with various additional process control options on request.

For more technical information about laser melting systems is available from the Renishaw team on +44 1785 815651 or via email at additive@renishaw.com Web: www.renishaw.com

2

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

RS Components set up its first electronic center in Bangalore

R

S Components the world’s largest distributor of electronics, electrical and maintenance products has come up with its very first electronic centre in Bengaluru. The establishment of the electronic Centre’s in Bangalore underscores RS Components- commitment to the growing electronic components market and electronic design engineering communities in the region.

The sole objective of RS Components is to provide customers with all the products and solutions they require followed by top-of-theline service and support and most importantly, all of this in one place.

RS Components offers one of the widest ranges of high-performance products from top suppliers of the world. The portfolio consists of over 550,000 products of the most demanded products required by electronic design engineers.

Nearly, 70% of their products portfolio caters to the electronic industry. The company is continuously expanding its electronic products range with new technologies to meet the needs of design engineers and buyers.

In addition, RS Components dedicated team of technical experts is combining proprietary intelligence with the latest relevant information from the world’s top electronics suppliers to provide the most comprehensive and appropriate technical knowledge and solutions for engineers.

On the occasion, Mr. Shiv Bhambri, CEO, RS Components said, “The

4

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Electronic centre will offer a complete ecosystem for local suppliers and brands. By this move RS Components will offer customers and suppliers a multi-channel way to source their product needs, quickly and easily. We want to make sure the value proposition is mapped on to the EDE (Electronic Design Engineers) needs.

This will also help us to develop a profitable MRO business. Having a local presence in Bangalore, The Electronic centre will concentrate more on leveraging relationships with electronics supplier and brands” RS Components has recently made two upgrades on its website – by adding information on Electronics Centre and a Design Spark. The latter is an online gateway as a connection to the electronics community.

About Company

RS Components and Allied Electronics are the trading brands of Electro components plc, the world’s leading high service distributor of electronics and maintenance products. With operations in 32 countries, we offer more than 550,000 products through the internet, catalog and at trade counters to over one million customers, shipping around 44,000 parcels a day. Our products, sourced from 2,500 leading suppliers, include electronics, automation and control, test and measurement, electrical and mechanical components.

For more information Web: www.rsindia.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

COGNEX introduces new lighting and optics features for Dataman 300 series New options provide customers with more flexibility and control

C

ognex Corporation (NASDAQ: CGNX) has introduced new lighting and optics features for its DataMan® 300 series of industrial barcode readers.

Since its launch, DataMan 300 has quickly become the preferred barcode reader due to its outstanding read rate performance and ease of use. The demand is now set to continue with the introduction of the most flexible optics and lighting features available on any image-based fixed-mount barcode reader.

Easier to use for multiple applications

“Instead of having to order and stock different models, our customers can now easily configure DataMan 300 for multiple applications by simply changing the lighting or optics, ,” said Carl Gerst, Vice President and Business Unit Manager, ID Products.

“As an added benefit, having the ability to optimize lights and optics for each application helps achieve the highest read rates possible.”

Greater customization and control

● ● ●

●

or parts under plastic Blue for metal parts or barcodes printed in color High-intensity red for general purpose applications Cognex’s custom high-powered illumination accessory (HPIA) for long-range barcode reading applications Several external lights powered directly from the reader, including the ring, backlight, spotlight, low angle ring and DOAL

Reduced need for additional hardware

The DataMan 300 lens mount supports all popular lens styles without any additional hardware.

Lens options include:

The DataMan 300 features modular lighting that can be configured and replaced in the field. The eight integrated light banks and external lights can be individually controlled.

● Variable focus S-Mount liquid lens ● S-Mount in 10, 16 and 25 mm ● C-Mount in industry standard sizes

● IR for challenging metal parts and operator eye comfort ● Polarized red for reflective parts

With the press of a button, the DataMan 300 “intelligent tuning” feature

Lighting options include:

6

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Automatically adjusts to optimal settings

runs an automatic calibration routine that determines which combination of lights and focal distance on the liquid lens will provide the best results for each application. The DataMan 300 series includes three models: DataMan 300, with a standard resolution of 800x600 pixels, the DataMan 302, with a higher resolution of 1280x1024 pixels, and the DataMan 303 with the highest resolution of 1600 x 1200 pixels.

About Cognex

Cognex Corporation designs, develops, manufactures and markets machine vision and industrial ID systems, or devices that can “see.”

Cognex vision and ID systems are used around the world for a wide range of inspection, identification and guidance applications throughout the manufacturing and distribution process.

Cognex is the world’s leader in the machine vision and industrial ID industries, having shipped more than 850,000 systems, representing over $3 billion in cumulative revenue, since the company’s founding in 1981. Headquartered in Natick, Massachusetts, USA, Cognex has regional offices and distributors located throughout North America, Europe, Asia, Japan and Latin America.

For more information about the DataMan 300 series of fixed-mount barcode readers, visit www.cognex.com/300 Web: www.cognex.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

HP Research : Organizations embrace mobile apps but are challenged to deliver superior user experiences

H

Research indicates misalignment between marketing and IT

P announced global research (1) that reveals chief marketing officers (CMOs) understand that technology is driving customer satisfaction, but more than half are not leveraging the latest technologies and application design solutions to deliver high-quality user experiences.

User expectations for mobile applications are rapidly rising. As these applications become the face of an organization, they need to be highly intuitive, intelligent and add value to users’ daily lives. Applications that fall short of these high standards will quickly fail, negatively impacting an organization’s credibility and customer loyalty.

According to global research commissioned by HP,(1) more than two-thirds of companies reported leveraging mobile applications to improve customer loyalty, but 78 percent indicated that they could be more customer-friendly. At the same time, only 31 percent of companies have in-house applications development teams that are wellversed in user experience issues.

This means that a large majority of companies need to partner with experts who have the skills to create innovative, quality customer-facing applications.

“While today’s CMOs recognize that applications are a key driver for customer acquisition, engagement and retention, most application portfolios were built to run an organization, not differentiate it,” said Faisal Paul, Head, Marketing and

8

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Solution, Alliances, Enterprise Group, HP India. “Our research confirms that a majority of companies aren’t using the right application design solutions to help provide their customers the superb user experiences they seek.”

While CMOs understand the importance of improving customer satisfaction through user experience, the results of this study underscore the challenges companies face when delivering the high-quality user experience customers desire.

Highlights of the study include:

● Forty-five percent of respondents do not believe they currently deliver an acceptable level of customer satisfaction, but one in two believes that the role of technology in delivering an enhanced user experience will increase in the future. ● Less than half of CMOs believe that they already deliver a very high-quality user experience that leverages the latest technology, and 65 per cent report that they do not feel that they exploit technology to the fullest to enhance users’ experiences. ● Nearly half of companies currently do not build applications with a strong user-experience focus. ● Eighty percent of companies reported that they will need one or more user-experience-focused applications in the next 12 months, with more than half expecting to need at least two to three in next year.

● Fifty-six percent of companies recognize that marketing and IT should be aligned, yet more than one-fifth feel the collaboration between their companies’ marketing and IT departments is weak or very weak.

Methodology

The Coleman Parkes Research study was conducted by Coleman Parkes Research on behalf of HP and comprised 400 interviews among CMOs or an equivalent, 75 percent within enterprise-level companies (more than 1,000 local employees) and the rest in the mid-market (defined as organization with 500 to 1,000 employees locally). The interviews were conducted via phone in February and March 2013. Regions included North America, Europe and the Middle East, and Asia Pacific.

(1)“HP CMO Study,” Coleman Parkes Research Ltd., March 2013.

About HP

HP creates new possibilities for technology to have a meaningful impact on people, businesses, governments and society. The world’s largest technology company, HP brings together a portfolio that spans printing, personal computing, software, services and IT infrastructure to solve customer problems.

For more information Web: www.hp.com

www.engrreview.com

IN C O VFE O R S TC OU RY S

Contents

ENGINEERING

REVIEW Monthly Magazine On Engineering & Allied Industry

Managing Editors Shilpa Kadam Shirish Dongre

Haas Automation : Global leadership in CNC machine arena

CEO Shekhar Dongre Editor Rajeev lyer Advisory Board (Editorial) Mr. G.Y. Banodkar Ex. Sr. Associate Director, Toyo Engg. Ltd., Mr. A. K. Ghosh Ex. Sr. Gen. Manager, Blue Star Ltd., Mr. Vijay Pimparkar GM, Godrej & Boyce Mfg. Co. Ltd.

Mr. Terrence Miranda, Managing Director, Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd.

70 - 72

99

102 Materials Handling industry will continue to grow at a reasonable rate : Preet Heri

Mr. Murli Srinivasan Director - Techno Products Development Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Preet Heri, Managing Director, Armsel MHE Pvt. Ltd.

106

110

The Indian Warehousing & Materials Handling Sector is one of the most promising sectors of our new economy : S. A. Mohan

Designer & Layout Arun P. Shinde, Pradeep M. Pillalamarri Rahul B. Ramgude, Dinesh Gawade

Mr. S. A. Mohan, CEO, Maini Materials Movement Pvt. Ltd

Branch Offices (Zonal): NORTH (Delhi & NCR regions) : Sandesh Jain : 09810837877

“ We have yet to be self-reliant in machine tools ” : Ashok Sheth

SOUTH (Chennai, Bangalore & Coimbatore) Y. V. Raghu : 09566141224 Hyderabad - R Tiwari : 09985381878 Kochi - Sanjeev Nair : 09846249568

Mr. Ashok Sheth Chairman & Managing Director, Solitaire Machine Tools Ltd.

EAST (Kolkata & Other regions) S. Roy - 09433097806 WEST (Maharashtra & Gujarat) Pune - S.Kadam - 09833373371 Gujarat - Dinesh Shah - 9327344559 Rajkot (Saurashtra) Swapnil Bhatia: 09227909005

PROFILE

ENGINEERING REVIEW Overseas Offices

96

Mr. Hemal Patel - Director Tripcon Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

Marketing Team : Ladoji Pendurkar, Bhavin Shah, Bharat Shah, A.Purohit, Vinod Surve, Kavita Chaudhari

ENGINEERING REVIEW : Head Office : Divya Publications, 3rd Floor, Harmony Building, Netaji Subhash Road, Court Naka, Thane (W) Thane-400 602 Maharashtra Tel: +91 22-25380574/75 Telefax: +91-22-25418254 E-mail: shekhar@engrreview.com, Website: www.engrreview.com.

Techno Products : Changing the dynamics of power transmission business

Tripcon Engineering : A synonym of quality

Mr. T. P. Singh Director-S&M, FLIR Systems India Pvt Limited

Circulation Executive Satish Kadam, Amol Ranshur

FACE TO FACE

94

Mr. Gautam Kulkarni CEO, Hafi Elektra Pvt. Ltd

98

Tinita Engineering : Fabrication expertise in Titanium, Nickel & Tantalum metal segment Mr. Kalpesh Shah Managing Director, (Standing) Mr. D. B. Ganguly Executive Director (Sitting) Tinita Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

FOR ADVERTISING ENQUIRY CONTACT : E-mail: shekhar@engrreview.com

SCHMALZ : Renowned for materials handling with vacuum

USA : Nancy TARTAGLIONE, Mepax USA n.tartaglione@mepax.com / usa@mepax.com

GERMANY: Sebastian OLLIER Mepax Deutschland, Tel: +49 711 222 54 456, deutschland@mepax.com

FRANCE: MEPAX SA, Romain CLASS Tel.: +33 1 39 02 77 78, FRANCE

SPAIN: Sofiane JEDIDI Mepax España Tel : +34 963 255 886, spain@mepax.com

ITALY: Valeria VILLANI Tel.: +39 339 8610117, Via Firenze, Milano, Italia

UK: Liz Jones Tel: +44 (0)1227 276016 , l.jones@mepax.com

RUSSIA: Garri ZALTS Mepax Russia Tel: +7 495 576-7666 / gizalec@yandex.ru

CHINA/South Korea/Taiwan: Mepax - Konaxis Shanghai Julien PENARD Tel : (+86) 21 6252 2731/ china@mepax.com

www.engrreview.com

All rights reserved. No part of this magazine may be reproduced in any form without the permission of the Editor. ENGINEERING REVIEW is owned, printed & published by Shilpa Kadam, published from 3rd Floor, Harmony Building, Netaji Subhash Road, Court Naka, Thane (W) Thane-400 602 Tel: +91 22-25380574/75 Telefax: +91-22-25418254, Editor : Rajeev lyer. Important : Whilst care is taken prior to acceptance of advertising copy, it is not possible to verify its contents. ENGINEERING REVIEW can not be held responsible for such contents, nor if any losses or damages incurred as a result of transactions with companies, association or individuals advertising in the publications. Articles, interviews published in ENGINEERING REVIEW are the personal vie-ws and expressions of its authors. ENGINEERING REVIEW does not necessarily agree to it. ENGINEERING REVIEW can not be held res-ponsible for such articles / interviews.

We therefore recommend that readers make necessary enquiries before sending any money or entering into any agreements with advertisers or otherwise act-ing on an advertisement in any matter whatsoever.

12

| ENGINEERING REVIEW |

JUNE 2013

www.engrreview.com

Contents BUSINESS NEWS Fluke calibration 3130 portable pneumatic pressure

COGNEX introduces new lighting and optics features for Dataman 300 series

02

06

24

Smalley Steel Ring Company launches new linear spring series

HARTING’s Han-Fast Lock® pcb termination system improves power distribution

Bosch power tools launches professional measuring, leveling & alignment devices

28

62

82

TECHNOLOGY UPDATES Pump manufacturer extends the life of their machine tools and reduces downtime by 10%

Surge Protection Device (SPD), isolation transformer & line filterusage is based on the type of protection & application

114

HAAS : He213

122

124

The revolutionary super resolution technology for high-resolution thermal images from Testo

Screw drive innovations 128

132

138

Maximising machine shop productivity through effective metal working lubrication solutions

NEWS UPDATE

CASE STUDY

228

Bridgestone / Firestone chooses infrared thermography both for predictive maintenance and R&D

TECHNOLOGY TRENDS

142

EDITORIAL SECTION PC|SCHEMATIC Automation

PRODUCT REVIEW - 181 155 MACHINE TOOLS 163 MATERIAL HANDLING | ENGINEERING REVIEW |

JUNE 2013

PROJECT UPDATES - 209

MATERIAL HANDLING WORLD EXPO

ExxonMobil launches a new signum laboratory in Asia Pacific

88

14

INDIA MACHINE TOOLS SHOW

The new name in additive manufacturing

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Dürr Eco+Paintshop for SGM in Shanghai

D

ürr is building a new Eco+Paintshop for Shanghai General Motors with reduced energy consumption and lower emissions. The paint shop has a throughput of 20 bodies per hour. The design is so innovative that the paint shop can extended to double capacity at any time.

For both the interior as well as the exterior coating, SGM uses fully automated paint application, from the primer to the base coat through to the clear coat, thereby reducing paint consumption. The primer application is performed by 20 EcoRP L133 and L030 EcoRP painting robots. Base and clear coats are applied by 44 paint robots in stop and go operation.

All robots are equipped with the proven EcoBell2 paint atomizer.

Before commencing the paint job, the bodies are prepared and cleansed of impurities by an ionization portal and the EcoClean exterior cleaning system.

Another element in this resource-saving paint shop is the EcoDryScrubber. The dry separation of paint overspray, with extensive air recirculation, ensures up to 60% less energy consumption in the spray booth. Furthermore, this technology does not use water or chemicals.

16

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Worldwide, 65 paint lines are already producing or are being equipped with EcoDryScrubber.

An important aspect, with regard to the energy efficiency of the paint shop, is heat recovery from the spray booth exhaust air and the oven’s exhaust air streams.

Dürr’s optimized hall ventilation concept, which is included in the delivery scope, also has a positive effect on this process. During the entire coating process, exhaust air from the spray booth is firstly preconcentrated and then purified of all solvents in a RTO (regenerative thermal oxidation) process. In its role as a turnkey supplier, Dürr also provides the utilities distribution and the fire protection equipment associated with the installation.

The flexibly designed installation, which was ordered at Dürr in the first quarter of 2013, offers a broad range of production possibilities. From June 2015 Cadillac’s premium vehicles will be painted in Shanghai.

Dürr is a mechanical and plant engineering group that holds leading positions in the world market in its areas of operation. It generates a good 80% of its sales in business with the automotive industry. It also supplies the aircraft, machinery, chemical, and pharmaceutical industries with innovative production and environmental technology. The Dürr Group operates in the market with four divisions. Paint and Assembly Systems plans and builds paint shops and final assembly systems for the automobile and aircraft industry.

Application Technology provides automated paint application,

sealing, and gluing with its robot technologies. Machinery and systems from the Measuring and Process Systems division are used in balancing and cleaning processes, in engine and transmission manufacturing and in final vehicle assembly, among other areas. The fourth division, Clean Technology Systems, is focused on processes to improve energy efficiency and on exhaust air purification. Dürr has 51 business locations in 23 countries worldwide and approximately 7,800 employees. The Group achieved sales revenues of € 2,4 billion in 2012.

Dürr has been active in India for nearly 50 years, with a local presence for over 20 years. Nearly all of Dürr’s business units with their complete innovative product portfolio are active in India, offering high quality balancing and diagnostic machines, application technology, paint and final assembly systems, as well as clean technology systems.

Dürr’s wide array of activities in India also includes industrial clean and automation solutions and consulting. Dürr has made India an important hub for their worldwide Engineering activities offering its customers international know-how and local experience.

For more information Web:www.durr.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Foundation stone of auditorium and library of NTPC Energy Technology Research Alliance (NETRA) laid by CMD, NTPC

D

r. Arup Roy Choudhury, CMD, NTPC Limited laid the foundation stone of Auditorium and Library Building of NTPC Energy Technology Research Alliance (NETRA) recently at its NETRA Complex in Greater Noida. Shri A.N. Dave, Regional Executive Director (NC),Shri S.C.Pandey,ED

(PP&M), Shri V.K.Gupta , RED (Hydro), Shri A.K Gupta, ED(Engg), Shri D.K.Agarwal , ED (Netra) and a large number of officials of NTPC were present on the occasion.

NTPC has a state of the art , sprawling NETRA Complex in Greater Noida , housing eco friendly R & D building where the scientists are engaged in research work related to Climate change, waste management, new & renewable energy, efficiency improvement and cost reduction besides providing scientific support to NTPC and external utilities for improving availability, reliability and efficiency. The prime thrust is towards clean and economic power generation. The Patents have been filed in the areas of climate change, waste management etc.

NTPC is a technology driven company and is fully aligned to the needs of adapting to emerging technologies and upgrading the technologies through R&D. The company is particularly sensitive to R&D and paradigm shift which it can make. Towards this, NTPC has a multi-pronged approach. NETRA (NTPC Energy Technology Research Alliance) has come into existence in 2009 after merging of R&D center (Established in 1981) and Energy Technologies.

NETRA is a Member of IEA GHG R&D Program France, IERE Japan & CSLF France. NETRA is National Boiler Board Certified RLA Agency.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

18

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

Do you need Entry-Level Color Vision System?

The In-Sight® 7010C is a compact, entry-level color vision system that can distinguish parts by color. The intuitive EasyBuilder® interface includes pattern finding and measurement tools as well as color identification.

The entire lineup of In-Sight 7000 color models also features autofocus, integrated lighting and more!

www.cognex.com Cognex Sensors India Pvt. Ltd., Regus Level 6, Pentagon Towers P II, Magarphatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411 028. INDIA. Mobile: +91 98814 66003 • Tel.: +91 20 4014 7840 • email: vaggu.sunil@cognex.in

Together, we can help hospitals reduce infection rates.

And still get you home for dinner.

From disposable filters that reduce hospital-borne infections, to connectors, seals, tubing, control valve assemblies and more, our advanced solutions streamline the science of infection control.

Our ability to design, prototype and manufacture shortens the design cycle. Selectable levels of integration add efficiency and innovation. Plus our unrivaled global footprint means fewer suppliers, faster throughput and local sourcing.

Why Parker for infection control? With the broadest range of subsystems and components for autoclave sterilizers, endoscope reprocessing and hospital infection control, we make everything easy.

To learn more, e-mail medicalfluid@parker.com.

www.parker.com ©2013 Parker Hannifin Corporation INF-1-1

BUSINESS NEWS

Fortum launches solar power production in India by acquiring a 5-MW photo-voltaic solar power plant

F

ortum has acquired a solar power plant in the state of Rajasthan, north-western India. The company’s short term ambition is to build a small photo-voltaic (PV) solar portfolio in order to gain experiences in different solar technologies and operating in the Indian power market.

“Solar power fits well with Fortum’s other CO2-free production and we believe it will play an important role in tomorrow’s low carbon energy system,” says Matti Kaarnakari, Managing Director, Fortum India Pvt. Ltd. “Solar power is a strong growth segment that will account for an increasing part of power generation in the future.

Fast technological development is boosting competitiveness and on best markets, wholesale parity can be expected already within a few years’ time.”

The power plant’s nominal peak capacity is 5.4 megawatts and its annual production is approximately 9 gigawatt-hours. The power plant was constructed as part of the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM), the Indian government’s initiative for 22 gigawatts of installed solar power generation capacity by year 2022, and it has been fully operational for one year.

The plant will receive a higher, guaranteed electricity price for 25 years. The period and the prices for power generation under the government’s power purchase agreement (PPA) are defined to ensure a sufficient return on investment. “India is one of the

22

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

most interesting countries for solar power development. Apart from the naturally favourable geographic location, India has ambitious plans for solar power on both national and state levels,” Mr Matti Kaarnakari continues.

In the short term, Fortum is looking to invest some tens of millions of euros - including this acquisition - in developing its PV solar competence and operations in India.

Fortum’s purpose is to create energy that improves life for present and future generations. We provide sustainable solutions that fulfil the needs for low emissions, resource efficiency and energy security, and deliver excellent value to our shareholders. Our activities cover the generation, distribution and sales of electricity and heat as well as related expert services.

Fortum’s operations focus on the Nordic countries, Russia, Poland and the Baltics. In the future, the integrating European and fast-growing Asian energy markets provide additional growth opportunities. In 2012, Fortum’s sales totalled EUR 6.2 billion and comparable operating profit was EUR 1.7 billion. We employ approximately 10,400 people. Fortum’s shares are quoted on NASDAQ OMX Helsinki.

For more information Web: www.fortum.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Fluke calibration 3130 portable pneumatic pressure

F

Calibrator delivers best-in-class 300 psi field calibrations

luke Calibration, a leader in precision calibration instrumentation and software, introduces the 3130 Portable Pneumatic Pressure Calibrator, a complete system for pressure sensor and pressure gauge calibration, on the bench or in the field. The 3130 digital pressure calibrator contains everything needed to generate, control, and measure pressure, as well as read the output of the device under test. It includes an onboard pressure sensor with a full scale of 2 MPa (300 psi, 20 bar) and an accuracy of 0.025 percent, reading plus 0.01 percent FS. The portable pressure calibrator features an internal, motorized pump providing an easy, efficient alternative to time consuming, tiring hand pumps. For applications that involve filling a large volume with pressure, the 3130 allows for connection to an external gas supply, such as compressed plant air or gas cylinder,

to supply pressure up-to-300 psi. The pressure can be fine-tuned using the variable volume.

The 3130 includes electrical measurement capabilities, pressure switch testing, and pressure transmitter and pressure transducer calibration. It is also compatible with Fluke 700P pressure modules to expand pressure calibration capabilities with multiple vacuum, absolute, and full-scale pressure measurement ranges from 250 Pa (1-inch water) through 2 MPa (300 psi).

13-07 Keywords:

Digital pressure calibrator, pneumatic gauge calibrator, portable pressure calibrator, pressure calibration, pressure calibrator, pressure gauge calibration, pressure transducer calibration For more information about the Fluke Calibration 3130 Portable Pressure Calibrator, visit: www. flukecal.com/3130. To purchase, contact your Fluke Calibration sales representative or call (877) 355-3225.

II Stage, Bangalore 560076.Ph 08025251859.

About Fluke Calibration

Fluke Calibration is a leader in precision calibration instrumentation and software for electrical, temperature, pressure, flow, and RF measurements. Calibration products from Fluke Calibration are found in calibration facilities around the world, including National Metrology Institutes, that demand the highest levels of performance and reliability, backed by state of the art metrology and uncompromising support. They are relied on by quality engineers, calibration technicians, and metrologists to instill confidence in the measurements that are critical to their organizations for quality, safety, reliability, and cost.

Fluke and Fluke Calibration are trademarks of Fluke Corporation.

The names of actual companies and products mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.

Contact Fluke Calibration

For more information from Fluke Calibration, visit the Fluke Calibration website or contact us at TTL Technologies Pvt Ltd (A Fluke Company). #3071, 10th Cross, 11th Main, HAL

24

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

For more inforamtion E-mail: Sudeep.zachariah@fluke.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

NTPC signs Rupee term loan of Rs. 490 crore

N

TPC has signed a term loan agreement for Rs. 490 crore with Central Bank of India in New Delhi. The loan has a door to door tenure of 15 years and will be utilised to part finance the capital expenditure of NTPC. The loan facility has been extended at the Base Rate of the Bank, which is the bare minimum rate at which a bank can lend.

The agreement was signed by Smt. Sangeeta Bhatia, General Manager, NTPC and Shri V. Sreenivasan, DGM, Central Bank of India in the presence of Shri G.K. Sadhu, Executive Director (Finance), NTPC and other officials of NTPC and Central Bank of India.

For more inforamtion E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

REC sponsored Tanishka Kotia wins WFM Title

R

EC sponsored Tanishka Kotia under its CSR activities won WFM (Women FIDE Master) in 14th ASEAN+ Age-Group Chess Championship held at Thailand from 5th June 2013 to 13th June 2013 after giving unbeatable performance at the tournament.

Tanishka won the championship almost 2 rounds before by continuously winning 7 rounds of the total 9 rounds. In all rounds she scored 8 points out of possible 9 points. Tanishka gave such a tough competition that she left her nearest competitor behind by 1.5 points.

In the Championship there were 426 top players from 14 countries viz. Bangladesh, China, Hong Kong, Indonesia, India, Laos, Malaysia, Mongolia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Taipei, Vietnam and Russia participated under various categories.

Earlier Tanishka Kotia at the age of 3 years 11 months was recorded as Youngest Chess Player by Limca Book of world Records 2008. Subsequently she again made a history by getting International Rating at an early age of 6 years, the age when the World Champion Vishy Anand started learning Chess.

The 9 years old Tanishka Kotia, a class 5 student of DPS-45 Gurgaon now become WFM Tanishka Kotia and is the only Title holder girl in Haryana State as well as NCR. Tanishka thanks her sponsor Rural Electrification Corporation Ltd for providing the support.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

25

BUSINESS NEWS

B

Bosch power tools launches professional measuring, leveling & alignment devices

osch Power Tools announced the launch of their new range of Measuring devices including laser distance meters, detectors, laser alignment devices, surface lasers and optical levels. The announcement was made by Mr. Vijay Pandey, VicePresident, Bosch Power Tools India and Mr. Martin Merchant, President, Bosch Measuring Tools Worldwide.

“For a few years now, Bosch has had a limited presence in the measuring tools market in India. The limited presence was a strategic move to test the waters and gauge the market interest for the technically advanced range of measuring devices engineered in Germany. Since the feedback has been extremely encouraging, we now want to go the whole hog and present our entire range to the customers of this rapidly expanding market” said Mr. Merchant.

The highlight of the launch event organized in a leading 5 star hotel of Bangalore was the very sleek and compact DLE 40 professional laser rangefinder that can measure distances up to 40 meters with an accuracy of ±1.5 millimeters. It can also be used for instantaneous calculations of areas and volumes.

This was showcased along with other Bosch rangefinders GLM 50 Professional, GLM 80 Professional, GLM 150 Professional and GLM 250 VF Professional. GLM 80 Professional rangefinder is the most advanced device with a Li-ion battery which can be charged with a USB charger.

In addition to measuring distances up to 80m, areas and volumes, it can

28

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

also make indirect measurements of heights and lengths. GLM 80 professional rangefinder can also be used to measure inclines and hence can also work as an inclinometer.

GLM 250 VF Professional is a high end measurement device with advanced functions and a measurement range of 250m. It can be used to take outdoor measurements in sunlight by the help of an in built telescope.

GLM 250 VF Professional can also make indirect and highly accurate measurements of heights and widths by the help of various pythogorous functions. “We see a huge potential for these compact and very competitively priced measuring devices in the Indian market where the users are looking to move away from laborious, time consuming and less accurate ways of measurement.

These tools are must have for all the architects, interior designers, painters, tillers, carpenters, dry wallers, real estate agents, site engineers and numerous other workmen” explained Mr. Pandey.

Bosch also displayed its range of line and point lasers which can be used for indoor alignment for jobs ranging from door-window, light and other electrical fittings to fixing staircases railings and tile fittings. The highlight of this segment was Multiline laser GLL 3-80P Professional which is globally the highest selling line laser.

Another key highlight of the event was the uniquely innovative GSL 2 Surface laser tool which is used to measure the evenness of a surface within a matter of few minutes. “GSL

2 Surface laser is a Bosch device which again reaffirms our innovation credentials. Typically this device is used in flooring applications whereby through its unique built, it can scan a floor of radius upto 20 m in a matter of few minutes. It can accurately identify the points of unevenness on the floor and the user can immediately measure the margin of unevenness with the accessories provided with the tool” said Mr. Merchant. Bosch range also included the popular segment of detectors which are useful for detecting the presence of water pipes, electric cables, plastic or other ferrous material inside a wall surface which is to be drilled in. Bosch detectors can identify these materials up to a depth of 15 cms inside the wall surface and Continue on page no.30

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

29

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.28 are highly useful in preventing the hassles caused by accidently drilling into a water pipe or an electric cable.

According to Mr. Vijay Pandey, Vice President, Bosch Power Tools India, “Measuring tools from Bosch Power Tools are easy-to-use tools which have been introduced keeping in mind the modern-day workmen and individuals who want hasslefree and rugged built in their devices.

These are among the most advanced measuring devices that provide accurate and instantaneous results to the user irrespective of the size, dimension or angularity of the work area.”Detailed information about Bosch Power Tools is available in the Bosch website http://www.boschpt.co.in and the videos on product usage are available on youtube. More information on Bosch Measuring device range can also be found on the helpline numbers - 1800 425 8665

About Power Tools

The Power Tools Division of the Bosch Group is the world market leader for power tools and power tool accessories. In 2011, its workforce generated sales of some 3.8 billion euros, 90 percent of which outside of Germany. With brands such as Bosch, Skil and Dremel, the division stands for customer focus and great engineering progress. The core success factors are innovative strength and pace of innovation. Each year, Bosch Power Tools launches more than 100 new products onto the market. The division generated about 40 percent of its sales in 2011 with products that have been on the market for less than two years. The business segments electric power

30

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

tools, accessories, measuring tools and electric garden tools of Bosch Power Tools outperformed the market.

The Bosch Group is a leading global supplier of technology and services, active in the fields of automotive technology, energy and building technology, industrial technology, and consumer goods. According to preliminary figures, more than 306,000 associates generated sales of 52.3 billion euros in 2012. The Bosch Group comprises Robert Bosch GmbH and its more than 350 subsidiaries and regional companies in some 60 countries. If its sales and service partners are included, then Bosch is represented in roughly 150 countries. This worldwide development, manufacturing, and sales network is the foundation for further growth. Bosch spent some 4.5 billion euros for research and development in 2012, and applied for over 4,700 patents worldwide.

The Bosch Group’s products and services are designed to fascinate, and to improve the quality of life by providing solutions which are both innovative and beneficial. In this way, the company offers technology worldwide that is “Invented for life.”

About Bosch

The Bosch Group is a leading global supplier of technology and services, active in the fields of automotive technology, energy and building technology, industrial technology, and consumer goods. According to preliminary figures, more than 306,000 associates generated sales of 52.3 billion euros in 2012. The Bosch Group comprises Robert Bosch GmbH and its more than 350 subsidiaries and regional companies in some 60 countries. If its sales and

service partners are included, then Bosch is represented in roughly 150 countries.

This worldwide development, manufacturing, and sales network is the foundation for further growth.

Bosch spent some 4.5 billion euros for research and development in 2012, and applied for over 4,700 patents worldwide. The Bosch Group’s products and services are designed to fascinate, and to improve the quality of life by providing solutions which are both innovative and beneficial. In this way, the company offers technology worldwide that is “Invented for life.”

The company was set up in Stuttgart in 1886 by Robert Bosch (1861-1942) as “Workshop for Precision Mechanics and Electrical Engineering.” The special ownership structure of Robert Bosch GmbH guarantees the entrepreneurial freedom of the Bosch Group, making it possible for the company to plan over the long term and to undertake significant up-front investments in the safeguarding of its future.

Ninety-two percent of the share capital of Robert Bosch GmbH is held

by Robert Bosch Stiftung GmbH, a charitable foundation. The majority of voting rights are held by Robert Bosch Industrietreuhand KG, an industrial trust. The entrepreneurial ownership functions are carried out by the trust. The remaining shares are held by the Bosch family and by Robert Bosch GmbH.

About Bosch in India

In India, Bosch is a leading supplier of technology and services in the areas of automotive and industrial technology, consumer goods and building Continue on page no.34

www.engrreview.com

9896 3255 20

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

31

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.30 technology. Additionally, Bosch also has in India, the largest development centre, outside Germany, for end to end engineering and technology solutions. The Bosch Group operates in India through six companies, viz, Bosch Limited, Bosch Chassis Systems India Limited, Bosch Rexroth India Limited, Robert Bosch Engineering

and Business Solutions Limited, Bosch Automotive Electronics India Pvt Ltd, Bosch Electrical Drives India Pvt Ltd. In India, Bosch set up its manufacturing operation in 1953, which has grown over the years to include 13 manufacturing sites and 7 development and application centers Bosch Group in India employs over 26,000 associates. In India it

generated consolidated revenue of nearly 12,900 crores in 2012.

In India Bosch Limited is the flagship company of the Bosch Group.

It earned revenue of over 8500 crores in 2012.

For more information Web: www.bosch.com / www.boschindia.com

Latest high tech packing solution from Cortec® Best Selling Anti-Corrosion Film Globally, Now With High Recycled Content!

C

ortec® Corporation presents the latest advanced version of VpCI® 126 Bluepatented, high technology films and bags, now containing even higher content of recycled resin that provide top quality multimetal corrosion protection.

As part of Cortec®’s green concept, Cortec® laboratories formulated environmentally improved version of VpCI® 126 films manufactured using state of the art reprocessing line. The recycled content includes internal scrap which makes the whole regran-

ulation process energy efficient. It greatly reduces waste, while the consistent quality of VpCI®126 films and bags remains. This new eco concept of films and bags containing high recycled content enables rational use of resources and energy savings while the product still maintains excellent chemical, mechanical and corrosion inhibiting properties.

VpCI®126 Blue, combines the latest film technology with the most effective corrosion protection for all of the metal products. Sealing your product in this film protects metal

parts from all types of corrosion including rust, tarnish, stains, white rust and oxidation for up to 5 years.

It replaces replaces hazardous conventional rust preventatives such as oils and desiccants. By using VpCI®126 Blue the customer gains safe and economical solution considering that VpCI®126 Blue also eliminates all the degreasing or coating removal required in the past! The product can be used immediately, it does not contain free amines, phosphates or halogen-based materials and is Continue on page no.36

Cortec’s VpCI 126 film is used by major global companies worldwide: General Motors, Toyota, General Electric, IBM, Renault, Volvo, Mercedes-Benz etc.. and is now available with high content of recycled resin

34

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

Machine tool automation Additive manufacturing / 3D printing

Machine calibration

40 years of innovative manufacturing solutions Material analysis

Gauging

Motion control

Dimensional measurement

For 40 years Renishaw has supplied manufacturers in India and around the world with products that help to make products in less time, with more accuracy, higher levels of productivity, and with less waste. Today, our engineering and science based technologies are used in applications as diverse as jet engine, TV and solar-panel manufacture, through to 3D printing, dentistry and brain surgery. Contact one of our 6 Indian offices to find out more.

For more information visit www.renishaw.com

Renishaw India G.K Arcade, 3rd Floor, #125/1-18, T. Mariappa Road, Jayanagar 1st Block, Bangalore 560 011 T +91 80 6623 6000 F +91 80 6623 6060 E india@renishaw.com

www.renishaw.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.34

VpCI-126 Blue films and bags protect metal objects as small as a needle, to as large as the contents of an oceangoing container as shown in picture In-house recycling is performed in EcoCortec plant using modern top quality reprocessing line

State of the art extrusion line in EcoCortec plant especially designed for high tech VpCI 126 films.

36

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

non-toxic. Not only is this product manufactured utilizing the most advanced recycled resin, but the custom blends are available to give our customers the exact properties they need, whether it’s improved puncture resistance, tear strength, or other requirements.

Metal parts packaged in VpCI®126 Blue receive continuous protection against salt, excessive humidity, condensation, moisture, aggressive industrial atmospheres and dissimilar metal corrosion. The VpCI’s vaporize and condense to metal surfaces in the enclosed package, reaching every area of the part, even hard-to-reach interior surfaces. This allows complete product protection during storage as well as during domestic and overseas shipments.

Films and bags made from recycled polyethylene have low CO2 footprint because of savings in energy, raw materials and transportation costs. A study of plastic waste bags in Europe by IFEU concluded: “Bags made from true PCR (Post Consumer Recyclate) have generally the smallest environmental impact profiles and

can be considered the most “ecofriendly” materials for waste bags”.

The study considered bioplastics, virgin polyethylene, and recycled polyethylene. These conclusions can be reasonably extended to plastic packaging materials.

VpCI®126 Blue received approval by the Federal Drug Administration for indirect food contact for use on food containers and food handling equipment and approval from a leading institute regarding the recycling and disposal of packaging materials containing Cortec® proprietary chemistry.

The product conforms to NACE Standard RP0487-2000 Item #21037, MIL-PRF - 22019D, according to the Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division, QPL 13600 Ser 43500B1203/531. In addition, VpCI-126 is referenced in TO 1-1-686, TM 551500-331-34, NAVAIR 15-01-4 and is RoHS compliant. The product is described in patents US 5855975, EP 0653454, and AU 675317.

For more information Cortec Web: www.cortecvci.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

DIGHI PORT successfully handles one of the largest vessels to call Maharashtra

A

fter successfully handling a gearless post – panamax in January this year, M/s Dighi Port Ltd has achieved another significant milestone by handling a Capesize vessel carrying coal for one of the largest coal importers in the country.

Vessel ‘MV Luciana Della Gatta’ having a LOA of 269 meters, a DWT of 122,760 MTs and carrying steam coal berthed Dighi Port on 2nd May 2013 at 1748 hrs. This is the largest bulk carrier to call Dighi Port and one of the largest vessels to call any port in Maharashtra.

The discharge operation which commenced at 2010 hours on 2nd May 2013 was carried out by the ports 2 Gottwald Mobile Harbour Cranes. The port was able to achieve an average discharge rate of more than 800 MTs per hour. The port has been handling regular shipments of Bauxite, Steel and Coal and has handled over 3.5 million tons of cargo till date. The port has handled approximately half a million MTs of cargo during the current year.

Dighi Port is being developed

by M/s Balaji Infra Projects Ltd (BIPL) and is the first and the largest Greenfield port of Maharashtra. It is being developed as a multipurpose, multi-cargo, all-weather port with deep draught, direct berthing facilities and modern cargo handling equipments with adequate stack yards and warehousing facilities, back up areas with an ample land bank of approximately 1600 acres.

The port is located on the banks of the Rajpuri Creek, in the

42

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Raigad District of Maharashtra. It is at a distance of 42 nautical miles (NM) from Mumbai Port and 160kms south of Mumbai by road. The port is connected by the State Highways to the National Highway 17, which is 45kms from the port. The nearest Konkan Railway Rail Head Indapur - Mangaon is 47kms from the port.

M/s Dighi Port Ltd has all the necessary approvals for setting up of a dedicated railway line to the port.

The port is being developed on the 2 banks of the Rajpuri Creek.

The South Bank will have 2 berths offering a total quay length of 650m and will be used for handling all dry bulk, break-bulk, liquid cargo. The 3 berths on the north bank are under construction and will offer a total quay length of 1100m will be used for handling containers and all other clean cargo. The port has commenced operations on the first berth and has been regularly handling export as well as import cargo in the form of Bauxite and Steel and has handled approximately 3.5 million MTs of cargo till date.

Dighi Port is also part of the prestigious Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) and the Dighi Port area has been included in the Government of India’s new Manufacturing Policy as one of the 7 mega manufacturing as a National Investment and Manufacturing Zone (NIMZ).

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

43

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Siddharth Mehta appointed CEO at DPSC Ltd.

Mr. Siddharth Mehta - CEO DPSC Ltd

D

PSC Limited, one of the oldest and renowned power utilities in India, has appointed Mr. Siddharth Mehta as its Chief Executive Officer of the Generation, Distribution and Trading Business of DPSC Limited along with the Wind Power Business of the group.

Mr. Mehta joins DPSC Ltd from the Essar Group, where he was serving as the CEO of Essar Power Distribution Company. He has also been associated with Torrent Power & Tata Power in his over 30 years of rich experience in the sector.

Mr. Mehta, a B.E (Electrical) from the prestigious Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, started his career with Tata Power and continued with the organisation for 24 years. A veteran in India’s Power sector, Mr. Mehta has expertise in the fields of power distribution and transmission and specialises in Public-Private Partnership in Power field, Strategy and Business Development, Project

44

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Coordination, Management & Execution; and Corporate Governance & Growth.

Welcoming Mr. Mehta on board, Mr. Hemant Kanoria, Chairman, DPSC Ltd. said: “Mr. Mehta’s enriched industry experience will help us in further strengthening our transmission and distribution business which by all industry standards stands as one of the best.

Under his leadership and direction, I hope that our power vertical sets new industry benchmarks.”

Mr. Mehta, added, “I am glad to join DPSC at a time when the company is at the helm of major consolidations within itself. I look forward to my days at DPSC and hope to scale new heights with continued support from my team members.”

About DPSC Limited (www.dpscl.com)

DPSC Limited (formerly known as Dishergarh Power Supply Company Ltd), one of the oldest power utility companies in India, was incorporated in the year 1919 in the state of West Bengal. The company was set up primarily to supply power to the Bengal Coal Company Ltd., then the largest producer of coal in Asia.

An Andrew Yule company, DPSC went for a disinvestment in the year 2009-10 & was taken over by IPCL. DPSC has ever since supported the process of rapid industrialization of the State. The company is listed on the National Stock Exchange, the Calcutta Stock Exchange and MCXSX. The company generates 12 MW from its coal-based thermal power plant at Dishergarh. In the T&D space,

the company has a license for supply of electricity in and around AsansolRanigunj area spread over 618 sq. km. with a combined distribution capacity of 250 MVA. DPSC serves more than 552 consumers’ power needs in this area. The company has strong distribution network with T&D loss of only 3% against country average of 25% (Source: CEA).

About IPCL (www.ipclindia.com)

India Power Corporation Limited (IPCL) was set up in November 2003 to develop power projects in the conventional as well as renewable energy sector. The Company forayed into operations by developing wind power plants in the states of Karnataka, Gujarat and Rajasthan with an installed capacity of around 100 MW. IPCL formed India Power Corporation (Haldia) Limited IPC(H)L - as an SPV in 2008 to set up a 450 MW captive power plant in association with Bhaskar Silicon Ltd. at Haldia and a 540 MW at Raghunathpur. The projects are expected to be commissioned by year 2015. The Company has also conceived 1320 MW thermal projects each in states of Bihar, Jharkhand, Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh.

The Company added another feather to its cap in 2010 by gaining management control in DPSC Limited, one of the oldest power distribution utilities in India.

For more information E-mail:editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

Modular it All Gigab s 24 port

+

Hot-sw a

ppable Smart Plug & Play O peratio n Copper & fiber

MADE IN

Introducing the ultimate in network flexibility—Red Lion’s new NT24k modular GigE switch series from N-Tron, the pioneers in industrial Ethernet. With all Gigabit and versatile connectivity options, the NT24k has configuration flexibility to meet all of your industrial networking requirements. > All Gigabit Modular Design > Up to 24 Port Connections > Robust Remote Monitoring > Smart Plug & Play Operation > DIN Rail & Rackmount Options > Extreme Environments

THE USA

New NT24k Managed Gigabit Ethernet Switch

Visit better.redlion.net to learn how our industrial automation and industrial networking products work together to connect. monitor. control. +91 - 9844876540 I india@redlion.net I better.redlion.net

©2013 Red Lion Controls Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Process Controllers

HMIs & Panel Meters

Visual Management

+

Ethernet Switches & Wireless Devices

Protocol Conversion

Red Lion has been delivering award-winning industrial automation products to customers worldwide for over forty years. Now these innovative products are even better when paired with industrial networking from N-Tron and Sixnet, the pioneers in Ethernet and cellular M2M solutions for industrial environments.

Visit better.redlion.net to learn how our industrial automation and industrial networking products work together to connect. monitor. control.

©2013 Red Lion Controls Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+91 - 9844876540 I india@redlion.net I better.redlion.net

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

45

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Aluminum electrolytic capacitors Rugged versions with higher ripple current capability ● New axial-lead designs offer 50 percent higher ripple current capability than standard axial-lead capacitors ● 60 percent less volume than single-ended capacitor solutions

T

DK Corporation presents a new series of rugged EPCOS axial-lead aluminum electrolytic capacitors for automotive electronics. These components are distinguished by their very high ripple current capability and vibration resistance. Thanks to the very low ESR values and a further reduction in internal thermal resistance, the self-heating of the new B41689* series is significantly lower.

This allows the ripple current capability to be increased by 50 percent compared to standard axial-lead series. As a result, fewer parallel connected capacitors are required for extreme requirements, which not only helps to reduce costs but also to increase reliability.

This series of axial-lead capacitors achieves the same ripple current capability of single-ended capacitors with 60 percent less volume. These new capacitors are designed for a temperature range from -55 °C to +150 °C and offer an useful life of 10 000 hours at 125 °C. They have rated voltages of 25 V DC, 40 V DC and 63 V DC. Their capacitance range extends from 270 μF to 4500 μF. Their optimized mechanical design allows a high vibration stability of up to 40 g to be attained. All types of the new series are available in various mechanical designs, such as soldering star or axial-lead capacitors with double-sided plates.

Applications of these rugged and reliable capacitors include engine

46

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

management and fuel-injection systems, gearbox controllers, power steering systems as well as control units for fans, windshield wipers, or oil and water pumps. All types are available in RoHS-compatible versions.

Glossary

ESR: The equivalent series resistance should be as low as possible to reduce losses.

Main applications

Engine management and fuelinjection systems, gearbox controllers, power steering systems, as well as control units for fans, windshield wipers, or oil and water pumps.

Main features and benefits

● Very high ripple current capability ● Low ESR values with significantly reduced self-heating ● Significantly reduced volume ● Particularly high vibration stability of up to 40 g ● Wide temperature range from -55 °C to +150 °C ● Long useful life of 10,000 h at 125 °C

About TDK Corporation

TDK Corporation is a leading electronics company based in Tokyo, Japan. It was established in 1935 to commercialize ferrite, a key material in electronic and magnetic products.

TDK’s portfolio includes electronic components, modules and systems marketed under the product brands TDK and EPCOS, power supplies, magnetic application products as well as energy devices, flash memory application devices, and others. TDK focuses on demanding markets in the areas of information and communication technology and consumer, automotive and industrial electronics. The company has a network of design and manufacturing locations and sales offices in Asia, Europe, and in North and South America. In fiscal 2013, TDK posted total sales of USD 9.1 billion and employed about 80,000 people worldwide.

About TDK-EPC Corporation

TDK-EPC Corporation, a TDK group company, is the manufacturer of TDK’s electronic components, modules and systems and is headquartered in Tokyo, Japan. TDK-EPC was founded on October 1, 2009, from the combination of the electronic components business of TDK and the EPCOS Group. The product portfolio includes ceramic, aluminum electrolytic and film capacitors, ferrites, inductors, uhigh-frequency components such as surface acoustic wave (SAW) filter products and modules, piezo and protection components, and sensors.

For more information Web: www.epcos.com

www.engrreview.com

190X250

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

47

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

FARO @ INTEC 2013, Coimbatore, INDIA 6 – 10 June, CODISSIA Trade Fair Complex 1) FARO 3D Documentation Conference Keynote Speech At the recently-concluded FARO 3D Documentation Conference that was held for the first time in AsiaPacific in Singapore, FARO had the honor of hosting Dr. Bharat Lohani who delivered the keynote speech.

“A Technique for Motion

Dr. Bharat Lohani Associate Professor Department of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, India

Correction for Laser Scanning of a Moving Object” The currently developed techniques of laser scanning work only if the object being scanned is stationary during the scans. This is true for all cases of laser scanning, e.g., terrestrial or mobile. This restriction limits the application of laser scanning to several cases where it is

not possible or is not cost-effective for the object to remain stationary.

The obvious examples of such cases are the scanning of ships or aerostats or hot air balloons, which move with the waves or wind despite being anchored.

Dr. Lohani presented a novel approach developed by his research group for carrying our laser scanning of moving objects. In this approach, a GPS and an INS are rigidly mounted on the body of the object and the trajectory data generated by these, when processed along with the laser scanner data, permits motion correction.

The motion correction transforms each laser scanner generated coordinate, of points on the body of the object, to an object body coordinate system, which remains fixed with the object. The final result is the corrected 3D point cloud of the object. The talk focused on the theoretical development of the method and some results obtained in the field.

2) User Stories

Worldwide, approximately 15,000 customers are operating more than 30,000 installations of FARO’s systems. This segment highlights a selection of user stories that feature customers from Asia Pacific, using FARO devices in various applications across different industries.

a) JBM Neel Metal Maintains Market Leadership with FARO

JBM Neel Metal Products, India |

48

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

FaroArm

The automotive components manufacturer supplies components and fixtures for two-, three- and four-wheelers to domestic and export markets. The portability and versatility offered by FARO enabled JBM Neel Metal Products to deliver high quality with less time and labor.

Mr. Rakesh Kumar, Operations and Systems Manager of JBM Neel Metal Products revealed, “Using the FaroArm, we can complete the same measurement task with half the resources previously required!”

Mr. Kumar also shared, “The FaroArm had no problems accessing difficult-to-reach areas at all. Without the need to manufacture expensive, customized templates for those components, we not only saved time but will also enjoy cost-savings in the long term.”

b) Tokai Engineering expands its in-house measurement capabilities with FARO Tokai Engineering, India | FaroArm

This specialist toolmaker manufactures precision dies, jigs and fixtures, and supplies to companies from the automotive industry mongst them are well-established firms such as Jay Bharat Maruti Ltd. (JBML), Caparo and Krishna Maruti. Prior to owning the FaroArm, Tokai Engineering handled all basic metrology needs in-house, mostly Continue on page no.50

www.engrreview.com

Prevent ImProPerly marked Products wIth machIne vIsIon label verIfIcatIon  EnsurE thE ConsistEnCy of your Printing ProCEss  ValidatE tExt and BarCodEs for 100% traCEaBility  VErify ComPlianCE to gs1 and iso BarCodE standards Legible, accurate product labeling has never been more important than it is today, when automated supply chains depend on data accuracy to ensure the reliable performance of global operations. Microscan’s AutoVISION™ line of smart cameras and easy-to-use software makes it simple to implement machine vision verification to ensure that every product is properly marked for reliable process operation and the peace of mind that no shipment will be rejected due to inaccurate or illegible labeling.

SCAN QR CODE or visit info.microscan.com/autovision for an AutoVISION demo video

Solution Partner

www.microscan.com asia hEadQuartErs

Phone: +65-6846-1214 Fax: +65-6846-4641 Email: asia@microscan.com

india suBContinEnt

Office: +91-124-4689551 Cell: +91-9811412271 Email: vbhasin@microscan.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.48 with hand tools, and farmed out complex jobs to vendors. This was costly for the company and it meant longer production schedules with low predictability dependent on vendors. Mr. Rajesh Khanna, Director of Tokai Engineering shared, “With the FaroArm, we save time from doing complex measurements inhouse and complete inspections more quickly in general. Having seen how user-friendly the FaroArm and its software were, we were certain that our staff could be trained in no time too.”

c) Machining Specialist Achieves Higher Accuracy Within Half the Time with FARO Laser Tracker

Self Levelling Metal Machines, Singapore | FARO Laser Tracker Self Levelling Metal Machines (SLMM) provides companies with large-scale, in-situ precision machining (e.g. boring, milling, drilling), servicing mostly the Marine and Offshore industries. With the FARO Laser Tracker, SLMM achieved higher accuracy in half the time than before. Mr. LokQiuquan, Project Engineer of SLMM expressed, “When we started using the FARO device ourselves, it improved our work flow in so many aspects, surpassing our expectations by leaps and bounds. Not only did the FARO Laser Tracker help us achieve repeatable measurements with tighter tolerances, it also helped us complete measurements in half the time. The new capabilities that we now enjoy with FARO have definitely translated into greater efficiencies and long-term cost savings.”Beyond the performance of the device, Mr. Lok revealed that the presence of

50

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

local support offered by FARO in Singapore played a big part in helping SLMM make the final decision. “The winning factor was the proximity and availability of FARO’s calibration services in Singapore.”

d) PROTON Chooses FARO for Inspection Needs

PROTON Holdings Berhad, Malaysia | FaroArm

The global automotive player that started as a National Car Project is now a force to be reckoned with.

FARO’s portable CMMs enabled PROTON the liberty to perform highaccuracy measurements right on the assembly line, achieving higher accuracy levels and repeatability during its inspection checks.

Mr. Zulhasni Bin Abdul Rahim, Senior Executive (Group Quality – Head of Project for Quality Digitization and Quality Metrology Innovation Program) of PROTON Shah Alam plant, shared, “1 portable CMM now replaces the multitude of conventional hand tools we used in the past. Coupled with the arm’s user friendliness, we have saved plenty of time. On average, it used to take us up to 4 days to properly inspect 1 car unit from measuring, to inspecting and producing reports. Now, we only need 2 days to complete the entire task!”

Mr. Zulhasni revealed, “With the FaroArm in operation for 75% of the time, we promptly realized a positive ROI within the first 18 months.

e) Sophia University Racing Team Fulfill their Dreams Using FARO Measuring Equipment Sophia University, Japan | FaroArm

The Sophia Racing team emerged as the Overall Champions in the 9th Student Formula SAE Competition of Japan, using a car that was built with the latest FaroArm FARO Edge. The device was used to locate accurate positions where holes had to be drilled while constructing the vehicle.

A cautious drilling process with successive stages was planned and executed by the team. This was recorded as a “new technology” in the event report that Sophia University submitted. Graded as static events of the competition, the reports placed Sophia University in second place, out of 75 teams that participated.

f) FARO Laser Scanner captures as-is documentation after disaster event

High-fidelity digital archives created for Wenchuan Earthquake Memorial Beijing Institute of Surveying & Mapping, China | FARO Laser Scanner FARO Laser Scanner was used by the institute to capture asis documentation after the Great Sichuan Earthquake. High-fidelity digital archives were created for the Wenchuan Earthquake Memorial Park, making it the largest life-sized 3D virtual reality scan of any subject matter, both domestically and globally. Mr. Yin Wenguang, Project Leader from Beijing Hao Yu World Mapping Technology Development Co., Ltd. shared, “The scanner gave us exceptionally accurate scans in a very short amount of time. Its ease of use helped us complete the necessary surveys and generate the 3D model outputs efficiently.”

Continue on page no.52

www.engrreview.com

SEE BEYOND

TEMPERATURE

The NEW Fluke VT02 Visual IR Thermometer.

Fluke does one thing better than any other measurement company. We listen to our customers. This is what we heard: First, develop a low-cost solution that combines the convenience of an IR thermometer with the visual advantage of a thermal imager. Plus, make it easy to find hot and cold spots while scanning across a surface, and if possible, make it so we can blend both an infrared and digital image.

Call us on

1800 209 9110 for a Free no obligation demo

Done.

Deodhar Center, 424, Marol Maroshi Road, Andheri (E) Mumbai - 400059

F1310181267

fluke.com/beyondtemp

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.50 About FARO FARO is a global technology company that develops and markets computeraided coordinate measurement devices and software. Portable equipment from FARO permits high-precision 3D measurement and comparison of parts and compound structures within production and quality assurance processes. The devices are used for inspecting components and assemblies, production planning, inventory documentation, as well as for investigation and reconstruction of accident

T

mately 15,000 customers are operat-

or concrete. Evaluation kits are available.The main advantage of the product lies on the possibility of using the sensor without batteries at all. This feature allows for a wide range of opportunities using pressure sensors in applications where the accessibility is restricted, or where the use of batteries is not recommended. Since batteries are not needed, the sensor tags will never have to worry about autonomy.

The Vortex1 is ideal for pressure sensitive asset and process

management. The fact that it needs no wiring makes it perfect for retrofitting piping systems, gas/ liquid containers or similar assets and processes due to the low installation investment required and the savings associated to sensor maintenance due to battery changes (i.e.: costs associated with changing batteries in sealed containers).

ing more than 30,000 installations of FARO’s systems. The company’s glob-

al headquarters are located in Lake Mary, Florida, with its European head office in Stuttgart, Germany and its

Asia-Pacific head office in Singapore.

FARO has branch locations in Japan, China, India, South Korea, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam, Canada, Mexico, United Kingdom, France, Spain, Italy, Poland, and The Netherlands.

For more information:

Web: www.faroasia.com/in

Battery free pressure sensor tag

he Vortex1 full passive UHF RFID sensor tag helps users monitor pressure in sealed places without the need of batteries or wires. The Vortex1 from Farsens S.L., San Sebastián, Spain, is a battery free RFID sensor tag capable of transmitting a unique identifier and the associated pressure data to a commercial EPC C1G2 reader without the need of a battery on the sensor tag. The device features a LPS331AP pressure sensor from ST Microelectronics with an absolute pressure range from 260 to 1260 mbar.

The tag comes in a variety of antenna designs and sizes to adapt the performance to the required application. The reading distance for the battery free pressure sensor tag is around 1.5 meters (5 feet) and it can be embedded in a wide variety of materials such as plastics

52

sites or crime scenes. They are also employed to generate digital scans of historic sites.

With FARO, 3D measurement and documentation needs can be fulfilled confidently. As a pioneer and market leader in portable computer-aided measurement, FARO consistently applies the latest advances in technology to make its industryleading product offerings more accurate, reliable, and easy to use. The focus is on simplifying workflow with tools that empower customers, thereby dramatically reducing the on-site measuring time and lowering overall costs. Worldwide, approxi-

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

About Farsens

Farsens designs and manufactures full passive RFID sensor solutions. Their proprietary UHF RFID IC allows Farsens to develop long range solutions for asset tracking – via the unique ID – and monitoring – via the attached sensor – without the need of any battery on the tag.

For more information Web: www.farsens.com

www.engrreview.com

SMART CRANES COST LESS IN THE LONG RUN

At Konecranes, we believe that what we do is the part of your process. We have learnt this by working closely to our customers globally. Our smart features like sway control, load positioning, load synchronization, make the cranes more smart to work with and safe. Our remote data monitoring service helps to analyze actual crane usage data and to plan maintenance schedule effectively to reduce downtime.

Our smart technology and efficient service helps to manage complete crane operations during the lifecycle of crane, right from installation, operations, maintenance, modernization and so on. What you invest in Smart cranes actually cost you less in the long run.

PRODUCT RANGE: Electric Chain Hoist, Industrial Cranes, Process Cranes, Shipyard Cranes, Container Handling Cranes, Lift Trucks & Reach Stackers, Crane Maintenance and Modernization Services.

WMI Konecranes India Limited 19, Level 2, Muttha Towers, Don Bosco Road, Yerwada, Pune - 411006, India Tel: +91 20 400 47470, Fax: +91 20 400 47475.

Email: india.sales@konecranes.com, www.konecranes.in

BUSINESS NEWS

NEW X65 conveyor platform

R

educed Total Cost of Ownership (TCO), sustainability and innovation have been the focus in the development of FlexLink’s new generation X65 conveyor. The new X65 platform offers twice the strength compared to the standards of today.

The doubled conveyor strength has a dramatic effect on the service life and maintenance intervals of systems installed. In addition, the layouts can be made simpler as fewer drives and transfers are required for a given layout due to the increased maximum conveyor length. To the user, this has a substantial, positive impact with less complexity and a lower cost of installation.

The X65 conveyor is designed for low friction, low power consumption and a long service life. In addition, FlexLink is introducing new high efficient drive technology to further reduce power consumption. Dependent on the application and choice of drive unit, power consumption is 8-44% less compared to previous high efficiency drive units by FlexLink.

For automated single piece flow applications, the X65 pallet conveyor system offers high quality production at low cost. The X65 pallet system stands out with a unique design and standardized functions for the handling of products up to 3 kg. The pallets and functions are prepared for the integration of process control systems, such as track & trace and MES functionalities.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

54

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

REC Commits CSR assistance to NITCON

S

hri P.J. Thakkar, Director (Technical), Rural Electrification Corporation Limited (REC), signed MoU withNorth India Technical Consultancy Organization Limited (NITCON), committing financial assistance under CSR initiatives for imparting Job-oriented Skill Development programmes to 250 educated persons from SC/ST/OBC/economically weaker sections of society, including women, from the backward areas of Hoshiarpur, backward district of Punjab State.

The skill development/up-gradation programmes will be offered in domains related to power sector like Welding Technician, Industrial Fitter & Machinist, Lab technicians, Basic Electrician, RAC Mechanics, Data Entry Operators, ,CNC operators, etc., with placement assistance to the trainees, leading to generation of sustainable livelihoods.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

Bright Annealing

Long Bar Heating

Blank Heating

Brazing Forging

Curing

Hardening

Fastener Manufacturing

Solutions Dedicated to the World of Induction Heating Rebar Coating

Pan Brazing

Pipe Coating

Billet Heating

Stress Relieving

Pipe End Heating

Shrink Fitting

Inductoheat is one of 40 companies making up the Inductotherm Group.

As a multi-technology, global organization, the Inductotherm Group serves the thermal processing industry by manufacturing a diverse range of products and services, all of which feature the characteristics of high quality, leading edge technology and top-flight engineering.

Retain your competitive edge. Call Inductotherm now at +91 2717 231961 or visit us at www.inductothermindia.com

Stress Softening Relieving Thread

SMS igus to 52424 For ...

Free 24 h Express Catalogue Technical Visit Sample Request Any other info...

plastics for longer life®

... Life up

cost down ... the-chain

Despatched in 24 h or today*

®

energy for your motion. from 24 hours.

dry-tech bearing lubrication-free for your motion. from 24 hours.

Lower costs and raise service life by eliminating lubrication and lowering maintenance works, everything delivered from stock immediately - that is the core idea for iglidur ® plain bearings, igubal® spherical bearings, drylin® linear bearings, chainflex® cables, e-chains® and pre-assembled readychain® systems.

/cost down-life up

igus ® (India) Pvt. Ltd. Dodda Nekkundi Industrial Area - 2nd Stage 36/1, Sy. No. 17/3 Mahadevapura, Bangalore -560048, Euro School Road Karnataka, India

info@ igus.in Phone +91-80-45 12 78-00 Fax +91-80-45 12 78-02

BUSINESS NEWS

Honeywell launches RMG Gas metering management system to improve accuracy, reliability of gas measurements Tailored Solution Enables Remote Monitoring of Gas Pipeline Metering Stations, Analysis of Operational Data and the Ability to Conduct Remote Maintenance

H

oneywell (NYSE:HON) announced the launch of its new RMG Gas Metering Management software and service solution, which enables natural gas and measuring station operators to monitor operations onsite or remotely, provide data analysis and facilitate remote maintenance.

The solution reduces operational costs and improves the accuracy and reliability of measurements.

The RMG Gas Metering Management system supports both RMG by Honeywell and third-party measurement devices, allowing users to accurately determine the technical condition of all gas measurement devices in a metering station using a single software package. In addition, the ability to remotely access measuring devices simplifies planning and organization, and reduces costs as it keeps station visits to a minimum.

“One of our goals in developing this new solution was to give customers the freedom and flexibility to choose the best combination of measuring devices to meet their unique needs, regardless of the manufacturer,” said Frank Michels, general manager, RMG Gas Metering.

“The RMG Gas Metering Management solution works seamlessly with both RMG and third-party measuring devices, so customers all over the world can create highly tailored solutions, but still monitor everything through one central, reliable system.”

Honeywell has already tested the

58

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

system with prospective customers including Schwaben Netz GmBH in Germany, producing positive results.

“We’re satisfied with our beta test of the Gas Metering Terminal module of the software,” said Michael Stoeckle, director of Gas Network Control, Schwaben Netz GmbH. “We’ve found it to be intuitive for our operators to use, as well as robust and stable.

We plan on extending our use of the solution in our service department for quick and easy remote diagnosis, and expect a quick return on investment.”

The system employs a framework of gas metering management, analysis and terminal modules that can be installed without the need for customized code changes and are easily configured. Dynamic system displays allow for detailed schematic diagrams of the monitored station, and enable technical and accounting personnel to access and act upon current flow, pressure and temperature data and alarms in realtime.

The Honeywell RMG Gas Metering Management software will initially be available in English and German.

For more information Web: www.honeywellprocess.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Ingersoll Rand India launches unique platform for innovators, invites entries for its sustainable Habitat challenge

I

Competition launched as part of the CII Industrial Innovation Grand Challenge Provides opportunity to innovators and students to be a part of this global open innovation initiative

ngersoll Rand, a world leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and efficient environments in partnership with CII, has announced the Sustainable Habitat Challenge, as part of the CII Industrial Innovation Grand Challenge. The competition that provides an open innovation platform for participants including designers, architects, students and professionals, invites entries for Sustainable Technologies for Model Habitats in Emerging Economies.

Given the pressure on natural resources today, affordable housing that takes into account factors such as low energy usage, comfort, safety and security of occupants is a critical need for emerging economies today.

Creating ‘Sustainable Habitats’ will take into account factors such as low energy usage, conserving natural resources yet provide comfort, safety and security to communities.

The Sustainable Habitat program is an initiative of Ingersoll Rand by which it is collaborating with the larger community to help design a solution that will innovatively address the housing needs of emerging economies while optimizing both natural and financial resources.By virtue of this challenge, the company will integrate and implement creative ideas and innovative conceptsto build a set of low cost dwellings at their campus in Bangalore that will utilize sustainable materials, solar technologies, water conservation, sanitation, security, remote health

60

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

services, data management and other eco-friendly interventions.

“Ingersoll Rand is focused on sustainability and creating positive environments in the communities where we are present. Our vision is to create and sustain safe, comfortable and efficient environments that advance the quality of life while driving sustainable progress for the society. Through our sustainable habitat initiative, we aim to collaborate with the larger community to design a solution that addresses the housing needs to create robust societies in emerging economies;” said Venkatesh Valluri, Chairman and President, Ingersoll Rand India.

He further added, “We are happy to partner with CII in the Industrial Innovation Grand Challenge initiative facilitating an excellent platform for students and entrepreneurs who will get an opportunity to not only showcase their ideas to the industry but also implement them real time.”

Ingersoll Rand is partnering with Emergent Institute in Bangalore in implementation of this project. Speaking about this initiative,Dr. Stuart L. Hart,CoFounder of Emergent Institute, says, “We are excited to be partnering with Ingersoll Rand to catalyze leapfrog, sustainable innovation in the affordable housing space.

Our goals are completely aligned here since we are focused entirely on commercializing tomorrows distributed, sustainable technologies starting with the underserved at the

base of the income pyramid.”

Commenting on the Grand Challenge, Anjan Das, Executive Director - Technology, CIIsaid,“We hope that the Sustainable Habitat project will serve as a model of social and innovation convergence through public–private partnerships that can help create a prolonged impact on societies by adopting a more sustainable approach and utilizing limited energy resources.”

Starting May 21, 2013, participants including students from design and engineering institutes will need to submit abstracts on technologies and ideas for the Sustainable Habitat by registering on the microsite http://www. sustainablehabitatchallenge.com.

The entries thereafter will be reviewed by a panel comprising eminent jury members from the industry and academia. Selected participants will be given an opportunity to present their concept for a final evaluation.

The winner of the challenge will be announced on July 25, 2013 and will get an opportunity to build a set of low-cost dwellings on Ingersoll Rand campus in Bangalore. The lowcost dwelling will utilize sustainable materials, solar technologies, water sanitation technologies, hygiene creation trainings and security solutions. Ingersoll Rand aims to set up five Sustainable Habitat dwellings as per the five climatic zones by early 2014. The model dwellings will be spread out in an area of approximately Continue on page no.62

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.60 250 square feet each and will serve as an open innovation platform that will be constantly upgraded with the latest in technology. These will gradually become a reference site for the ideal sustainable low cost habitat programs.

About Ingersoll Rand in India

Ingersoll Rand is committed to India and is implementing strategies for product innovation and design for Industrial Technologies; Security; Food Safety; Energy Efficiency and Sustainability. The company is based out of 18 locations in the country.Ingersoll Rand believes that Innovation for emerging economies is critical for products to succeed in these markets. The company has three world class manufacturing facilities at Naroda, Sahibabad and Chennai; and two Engineering and Technology Centers at Bangalore and Chennai. Ingersoll–Rand (India) Limited is listed on the National Stock Exchange of India and the Bombay Stock Exchange.

About Confederation of Indian Industry (CII)

The Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) works to create and sustain an environment conducive to the development of India, partnering industry, Government, and civil society, through advisory and consultative processes.

CII is a non-government, not-for-profit, industry-led and industry-managed organization, playing a proactive role in India’ s development process. Founded over 118 years ago, India’ s premier business association has over 7100 members, from the private as well as public sectors, including SMEs and MNCs, and an indirect membership of over 90,000 enterprises from around 257 national and regional sectoral industry bodies.

CII charts change by working closely with Government on policy issues, interfacing with thought leaders, and enhancing efficiency, competitiveness and business opportunities for industry through a range of specialized services and strategic global linkages. It also provides a platform for consensus-building and networking on key issues.

For more information, Web:www.ingersollrand.co.in

HARTING’s Han-Fast Lock® pcb termination system improves power distribution

H

ARTING’s new Han-Fast Lock® solder-free, simple push-fit, single wire pcb termination technology allows Lighting Dimmer, Power Distributor & Winch/Hoist Motor Controller entertainment equipment pcb designers, power distribution flexibility.

User benefits include the fact that power line terminations can be taken from any point on the pcb and tracks do not need to be extended to one specific connection area, thus keeping down costs by simplifying the design and saving real estate. You can also avoid concentrated “Hot Spots” and therefore handle higher currents. The easy push-click Han-Fast Lock® pcb assembly fits securely in the defined standard PTH with pad and can handle up to 60Amps for discrete wire stranded conductors from 4 to 10 mm2. Undamaged contacts can be extracted and refitted up to 10 times, simplifying equipment maintenance.

Furthermore during the production assembly process the connection for the external power wiring can be done after the soldering of the sensitive electronic components.

For more information HARTING India Pvt Ltd Web: www.HARTING.in

62

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

63

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Kontron announces 4th generation Intel® Core™ processor support for a broad range of systems, boards and modules Kontron’s four new embedded platform designs improve processing and graphics performance as well as energy efficiency of intelligent systems

P

arallel to the launch of the 4th generation Intel® Core™ processors, Kontron announces its support of this new microarchitecture on a broad range of long-term available systems, boards and modules. Four intelligent platforms with improved processing and graphics performance as well as energy efficiency are available for evaluation with immediate effect.

Customers benefit from significant time-to-market advantages, as they can directly start their application developments on their preferred new target platform.

The first Kontron intelligent platforms to feature the 4th generation Intel® Core™ processors will be COM Express®, Mini-ITX, 6U CompactPCI®, and the Kontron SYMKLOUD Media cloud platforms. Based on the new Intel microarchitecture, formerly codenamed ’Haswell’, they integrate new features such as the Intel® AVX2 instructions, which dramatically accelerate floating-point-intensive computations and the improved Intel® AES-NI, which accelerates data encryption and decryption. Graphicsintensive applications will profit from the graphics performance which has been doubled in comparison to solutions based on the previous generation processors, while the thermal footprint has remained nearly the same. “With our early launch parallel to the introduction of the new processor technology on a rich selection of standard embedded computing platforms, we are enabling our OEM customers to kick-start the development of their latest stateof-the-art intelligent systems. Both OEMs and users will benefit from

64

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

improved graphics capabilities and impressive computing power that come along with a more eco-friendly power consumption in operating as well as in sleep mode,” said Norbert Hauser, Executive Vice President, Marketing at Kontron. “This very efficient sleep mode will not only reduce energy consumption but will also change the way mobile systems or stationary devices are used,” says Sam Cravatta, Product Line Manager, Intel® Intelligent Systems Group. .

“New application areas will emerge as well as improvements in existing designs in market segments such as industrial, retail, communications, medical, and infotainment.”

A short overview of the feature set

Kontron’s new platforms with 4th generation Intel® Core™ processor technology provide a performance increase for floating-point intensive and parallel computing with the support of the new Intel® AVX2 and OpenCL 1.2. Target applications include digital signal and image processing Kontron announces: 4th generation Intel® Core™ processor support for a broad range of systems, boards and modules applications in the medical, industrial automation and MAG (Military, Aerospace and Government) markets, as well as cloudbased video transcoding for content delivery networks. OEMs looking for a compelling visual experience of intelligent systems displaying videos, graphics and interactive content will enjoy the advantages of increased 3D and media performance as well as the support of DirectX® 11.1 and OpenGL 4.x. Another new feature is the support for 4K displays, connect-

ed via DVI or HDMI. Furthermore, Kontron supplements its portfolio of systems, boards and modules with an extensive range of custom design services at the system and board level which enables the tailoring of solutions to the individual application requirements. This also includes a wide array of software services such as operating system and hypervisor implementations as well as migration support including validation and verification. With its comprehensive support, including software building blocks, customers benefit from application-ready platforms which let them fully concentrate on their core competences.

About Kontron : Kontron is a global leader in embedded computing technology. With more than 44% of its employees in research and development, Kontron creates many of the standards that drive the world’s embedded computing platforms.

Kontron’s product longevity, local engineering and support, and value-added services, helps create a sustainable and viable embedded solution for OEMs and system integrators. Kontron works closely with its customers on their embedded application-ready platforms and custom solutions, enabling them to focus on their core competencies. The result is an accelerated time-to-market, reduced total-cost-of-ownership and an improved overall application with leading-edge, highly-reliable embedded technology. Kontron is listed on the German TecDAX stock exchange under the symbol “ KBC” .

Web: www.kontron.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

NI’s PXI and Labview meet next-generation load pull measurement speed challenges PXI Speed, Size, and Synchronization Capabilities Improve Measurement Time for Modern Load Pull Test Systems

A

t the International Microwave Symposium, National Instruments (NATI) joint development on load pull solutions from Anteverta Microwave, Focus Microwaves, Maury Microwave and Mesuro. These load pull solution vendors are combining their expertise with NI PXI hardware and LabVIEW system design software to overcome the increasingly difficult source and load pull characterization requirements placed on microwave power amplifiers for aerospace and defense and wireless infrastructure applications.

Load pull characterization is an essential tool to increase the efficiency of power amplifiers. Due to time and cost, vendors have historically performed load pull during design.

Today, however, the industry-leading speed and flexibility of a PXI-based system make it possible to verify power amplifier performance during production test.

NI PXI is part of the LabVIEW reconfigurable I/O (RIO) architecture, which includes the latest computing technologies, such as multicore CPUs and FPGAs, and a single, common development language. Anteverta Microwave, Focus Microwaves, Maury Microwave and Mesuro are using this architecture, along with their unique approaches, to help their customers simplify test and decrease time to market.

Quotes from load pull providers:

“The high-speed and modulated impedance capabilities we get from

66

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

using the NI PXI form factor have helped us create a solution that is ideal for power amplifier characterization during development, pre-production and production testing,” Mauro Marchetti, Anteverta Microwave CEO said. “LabVIEW greatly simplifies the user-programmability of our system.”

“Modular PXI products such as the NI vector network analyzer simplify the load pull setup by merging all instruments into a convenient low-cost chassis, which improves overall measurement speed and usability,” Steve Dudkiewicz, director of marketing and business development at Maury Microwave said. “The system guarantees adaptability as new technologies and modulation schemes emerge because we can add PXI modules ad hoc, and users can modify and script custom load pull sequences using an NI open-source load pull toolkit in LabVIEW.” “Using the latest generation of commercial off-the-shelf NI PXI hardware in our RAPID load pull technique helps our customers test significantly faster compared with traditional test methodologies,” Simon Mathias, vice president of sales at Mesuro said. “It was easy to embed customer-specific signal processing into the onboard FPGA, further speeding up the system performance by using the embedded processor. All this in combination with the PXI RF upconversion and downconversion elements allows a smooth operation.”

“We are very excited to integrate NI PXI modules into our load pull solutions,” Zacharia Ouardirhi, general manager at Focus Microwaves said. “They are compact, fast, costeffective, adaptable and accurate, and they will enable many features that were previously available only to high-end and expensive setups.”

The NI platform, ecosystem and software-designed approach provide tremendous speed, accuracy and flexibility benefits for RF, microwave and wireless applications. Visit NI at IMS booth 430 to see how these providers and thousands of other organizations are redefining RF and microwave instrumentation through open software and modular hardware.

About National Instruments

Since 1976, National Instruments (www.ni.com) has equipped engineers and scientists with tools that accelerate productivity, innovation and discovery. NI’s graphical system design approach to engineering provides an integrated software and hardware platform that speeds the development of any system needing measurement and control. The company’s long-term vision and focus on improving society through its technology supports the success of its customers, employees, suppliers and shareholders.

For more information, Web:www.ni.com/india

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Real-Time Hypervisor for the 4th Generation Intel® Core™ Processors available now Allows Safe, Parallel Deployment of Multiple Operating Systems on a Single Hardware while Preserving Hard Real-Time

Mr. Gerd Lammers, CEO Real-Time Systems, Germany

R

eal-Time Systems, a member of the Intel® Intelligent Systems Alliance and a leader in embedded virtualization and real-time hypervisor technology, announced Real-Time Hypervisor support for the 4th generation Intel® Core™ processors (formerly codename “Haswell”). The RTS Hypervisor allows the parallel execution of multiple, independent operating systems on a single hardware platform based on processors with the new Intel® microarchitecture.

The dual- and quad-core 4th generation Intel® Core™ processors with their enhanced support for virtualization lends itself to be partitioned using an embedded Hypervisor where each partition containing one or multiple CPUs can carry its own, independent operating system even for hard real-time purposes.

By utilizing the RTS Hypervisor, a traditional embedded system, typically consisting of an industrial

68

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

PC for the user interface and a separate hardware for real-time tasks, can now be replaced by a single hardware solution carrying multiple independent operating systems. Building a manageable, secure system with e.g. Microsoft Windows® safely in parallel to a realtime operating system on just one board based on the 4th generation Intel Core processor, reduces the Bill of Materials while increasing a system’s reliability and reducing power consumption. This can be especially important for devices like portable ultrasound equipment and industrial controllers / HMIs just to name a few.

“Especially our customers in the medical field or in industrial control and automation equipment keep asking for processors with more and more performance but at the same time, the CPUs should use less and less power to keep temperature in a cabinet or housing at a minimum” said Gerd Lammers, CEO of Real-Time Systems in Germany.

“This new generation of the Intel microarchitecture with its improved power efficiency and enhanced CPU performance is ideal for these types of applications. For this reason it was important that we had our Hypervisor ready for our customers the same day Intel released their new generation of x86 processors.”

“Consolidating hardware by executing multiple operating systems for different purposes on a single platform is clearly a trend our customers are picking up on”, says Sam Cravatta, Product Line Manager,

Intel Intelligent Systems Group. “Realtime hypervisors like the solution from Real-Time Systems can utilize the onboard Intel® Virtualization technology found on the 4th generation Intel® Core™ processor family, enabling system consolidation for applications such as industrial manufacturing, medical systems, transportation infrastructure, and more.”

Out of the box, the RTS Hypervisor provides support for Microsoft Windows®, Windows Embedded Compact, VxWorks, QNX Neutrino, T-Kernel, OS-9, On Time RTOS-32 and Linux. Proprietary operating systems or other real-time code can be integrated easily.

About Real-Time Systems GmbH

Real-Time Systems GmbH is a leading provider of real-time virtualization and operating system technology, engineering services and products for embedded and real-time systems.

With an extensive knowledge in quality software design, Real-Time Systems GmbH provides a competitive advantage to their customers.

Real-Time Systems GmbH is privately held and maintains its corporate headquarters in Ravensburg, Germany with partners in Europe, USA and Asia.

For more information Web:www.real-time-systems.com

www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

Haas Automation : Global leadership in CNC machine arena Q. Haas is well known for vertical centers in machine tools industry . What precisely is your niche?

Mr. Terrence Miranda, Managing Director, Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd.

70

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

We aim at all times to be the most reliable machine tool and offer our customers the HAAS Value Proposition: a quality product at an affordable price backed by industry leading support.

The HAAS range of Vertical Machining Centers arguably offers the most comprehensive product range available worldwide – one just right to meet the demands of virtually any machine shop.

Machines range from the diminutive Office Mill to the massive VS-3, with nearly 60 models in between.

The Haas VMC line also includes a number of specialty machines, including moldmaking machining centers, 5-axis machines, a high-speed drill/tap center, gantry mills, and sheet routers.

Our Vertical Machining Centers therefore satisfy the requirements of a broad range of customers across a diverse industry segments. Haas VMCs feature high-performance vector drive spindles, high-torque brushless servos on all axes, and rigid cast-iron construction. Configurations range from 40- and 50-taper gear-driven models for high-torque, heavy-duty cutting, to Super Speed models with inline direct-drive spindles to handle the most demanding high-speed machining operations.

Haas TM Series CNC Toolroom Mills offer affordable entry into CNC, and provide an easy transition from

manual to CNC machining. They come standard with the Haas Intuitive Programming System, a proprietary conversational programming system that makes set up and operation easy – even without knowledge of G-code.

These are just a few of the innovations that make Haas Automation the high-productivity, high-value leader. And the legendary Haas control makes every VMC easy to operate. Built with the operator and programmer in mind, it’s packed with intuitive features not available on any other CNC machining center.

Every Haas VMC provides the features and performance a machine shop needs – making it the best investment, and providing more utility, flexibility, and productivity than ever imagined.

Q. What are the different types of products that you offer? And why are they unique?

We offer a range of High Performance Vertical Machining Centers, Turning Centers, Horizontal Machining Centers and Rotary Products.

What makes us stand apart is the quality, reliability, affordability and broad range of our product offering backed by our industry leading Global HFO Haas Factory Outlet network.

All Haas products are manufactured in the company’s 1-million-square-foot facility in Southern California, and distributed through a worldwide network of more than www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

170 Haas Factory Outlets (HFOs).

Each HFO has complete showroom facilities, factory-trained service personnel, extensive spare-parts inventories, and fully stocked service vehicles to provide the industry’s best service and support.

At present, there are more than 140,000 Haas CNC machines and 60,000 Haas rotary products in use around the world. In 2013, Haas Automation will build roughly 14,000 machines, with around 60 percent of them going to international markets.

Q. Could you give us some idea of your design capabilities and manufacturing excellence?

From the start, Haas Automation has provided reliable, affordable machine tool solutions to job shops and contract manufacturers around the world.

To ensure accuracy, Haas produces all critical components in-house using dedicated state-of-the-art CNC machine tools. The company’s 1-million-square-foot facility makes extensive use the latest lean manufacturing methods and just-in-time production practices to streamline production capabilities and reduce costs. This, combined with highly trained teams for electronics and mechanical assembly, allows Haas to control quality, cost, reliability and availability.

The resulting cost savings and increased quality are passed on to the customer in the form of lower prices and better products.

Of the nearly 300 chip-making machine tools in the Haas machine shop, more than two-thirds are Haas machines – proof positive that the company believes in its own products. To increase production capacity and capability, new manufacturing www.engrreview.com

Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd. - Corporate Office equipment is added constantly, allowing Haas to produce more parts more efficiently, and further reduce the cost of Haas products to the end user.

Q. What have you to say about the industry scenario and how conducive is it to growth?

The industrial situation in India offers opportunities and challenges in equal measure.

The fall in the Indian Rupee vs most major currencies including the US Dollar make capital imports of CNC machine tools more difficult for our customers in India.

The prevailing interest rates which are fairly high make it difficult for small machine shops to purchase high quality CNC machines. At the same time there are a lot of benefits available to our customers who purchase CNC machine tools in the form of subsidies and tax breaks from the local state or central governments.

There is also a huge demand for CNC machine tools as most machine shops using manual or semi automatic maENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

71

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

chines look to upgrade their capabilities.

We are optimistic about the India growth story in the long run and feel that HAAS as the premier CNC Machine Tool Builder worldwide is well poised to take advantage of this as our economy in India begins to again gather momentum.

Q. What are the challenges ahead for you?

Haas Automation India Pvt. Ltd. - Inventory

72

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

We look to increase our penetration in the Indian market by increasing our reach even further. We have HFOs Haas Factory Outlets in Mumbai, Pune, Kolhapur, Ahmedabad, Manesar, Chennai, Bangalore and Coimbatore. This year we intend opening new HFOs in Dharwad and Punjab.

The reason for the wide spread of HFOs Haas Factory Outlets throughout the major industrial areas in India is based on the philosophy that low cost is one thing, but when it comes to CNC machine tools, what’s the point of a low price if quality or reliability suffer? This was our mantra when we began building machine tools in the late 1980s. Today, reliability is as important as ever at Haas, and has a lot to do with why the company is America’s leading machine tool builder.

Nevertheless, despite their reputation for dependability, Haas machines the world over are backed by one of the most carefully conceived service and support infrastructures of any machine tool company. Every Haas Factory Outlet (HFO) carries a substantial inventory of spares. All told, more than (US) $50 million in spare parts are stocked at more than 160 locations worldwide.

Haas customers can rest assured that on those rare occasions

when a machine does need special attention, the right part is never more than a few hours away.

To quickly get those parts to a customer in need, each HFO owns and operates at least one Haasbranded service vehicle, fully loaded with spare parts and driven by a Haas factory-trained service engineer. As a consequence, more than 90% of service and support visits result in a full remedy of the problem that same day. In other words, Haas machines are never still for long.

Haas Automation maintains additional stocks of spare parts – everything and anything a customer might need – at its headquarters in the U.S., Europe, Asia and India. If an HFO doesn’t have a part in stock, it immediately contacts one of the Haas headquarters, where 99% of all spare-parts orders are dispatched the day a request is received. Every model of Haas machine tool or rotary product is supported, regardless of when it was built.

Q. How do you look at the future of your company?

We look optimistically at the future not just in India but worldwide.

HAAS: already a global leader in CNC machine tools is well positioned to grow significantly in all the markets in which we operate.

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Schneider Electric IT Business to increase focus on “Made-for-India products” A value offering aimed to improve Schneider Electric IT Business’s market presence in the critical power industry

S

chneider Electric IT Business announced the launch of the 3-Phase Galaxy 300, a value offering optimally priced to suit the needs of sectors like healthcare, retail, infrastructure, banking, manufacturing, power apart from other conventional sectors like IT & Telecom. The product comes with India for India features like Heavy Duty Charger with four hours plus runtime and up to 30 mins of integrated battery; it is dust proof to avoid increased risk of failure in dust prone environments and has simplified parallel mode of UPS allowing uninterrupted supply of power in case of failure of one UPS. With the economic conditions improving, India should see a slew of investments as well as strong growth in the manufacturing, retail, banking and IT sectors. The demand supply gap for power still exists and additionally, poor power transmission and distribution infrastructure leads to major challenges for customers who cannot afford downtime of their processes, manufacturing and IT systems. Thus, corporates are likely to continue to invest in critical power systems. The Galaxy 300’s India for India features have been designed keeping in mind the growing critical power market, especially with industries expanding in Tier II & III cities. The new Galaxy 300 is simple and reliable. It comes with advanced dust filters and Conformal coating to protect the UPS from harsh environments as faced in major parts of the country. It has also been designed with high battery run time keeping in mind the frequent power failures. One other key feature of the products is the compact size. UPS comes with integrated battery offer that allows customers

www.engrreview.com

to install 3rd party batteries inside the UPS Cabinet, thus allowing a safe and compact installation. The New Galaxy 300 is also available in 1 phase output to meet the Light industrial requirements.

single distributor. The product is also available in single Phase output more suitable for control and automation market. It includes a one year physical warranty with extended warranty options.

● High efficiency ● Compact size UPS with inbuilt batteries ● Double conversion online for maximum protection ● Multi-language display, installation wizard and mimic diagrams for easy operation ● Full maintenance bypass integrated ● Highly Serviceable According to Jayabalan Velayudhan, Director Strategy and Business Development; Schneider Electric IT Business, “The market for 3-Phase 10-40KVA UPS in India is anticipated to grow at the rate of 8-10% per annum. This is a unique opportunity for Schneider Electric to introduce the new version of Galaxy 300 which offers reliable power protection and a robust and easy-to-install system at the best price-to-performance ratio. We are confident that with the launch of Galaxy 300, we will be able to capture the 3-Phase UPS market specifically for general purpose applications.” The Galaxy 300 is the easiest UPS in its class to install, manage, and maintain. The product is aimed at electrical contractors and facility managers who do not have specialized knowledge in UPS installation and are end-customer influencers. Schneider Electric IT Business’s strategy for this product is therefore to address electrical contractors through the Electrical Distributors Channel who offer a ‘one stop-shop ’for customers looking for complete electrical supplies from a

Schneider Electric IT Business, a global leader in critical power and cooling services, provides industry leading hardware, software, and services designed to ensure availability and higher energy efficiency across the residential, business network, data center, and manufacturing environments. Backed by the strength, experience, and wide network of Schneider Electric’s Critical Power & Cooling Services, Schneider Electric IT Business delivers well planned, flawlessly installed and maintained solutions throughout their lifecycle.

Through its unparalleled commitment to innovation, the company delivers energy efficient solutions for critical technology and industrial applications

The UPS also comes with other features like:

About Schneider Electric IT Business

About Schneider Electric

As a global specialist in energy management with operations in more than 100 countries, Schneider Electric offers integrated solutions across multiple market segments, including leadership positions in Utilities & Infrastructure, Industries & Machines Manufacturers, Nonresidential Building, Data Centres & Networks and in Residential. Focused on making energy safe, reliable, efficient, productive and green, the Group’s 140,000 plus employees achieved sales of 24 billion euros in 2012, through an active commitment to help individuals and organizations make the most of their energy.

For more informations Web: www.schneider electric com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

75

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

76

| June 2013

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

77

| June 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Siemens launches the fastest process controller- the SIMATIC PCS 7 CPU410-5H • A powerful, versatile and rugged CPU for the process industry • The fastest and the most powerful controller in the market • Covers all applications, application scopes and performance ranges • The desired quantity framework can be selected via a new license model • Target industries include chemical, oil and gas/refineries, pharmaceuticals, food & beverage, cement, metals and pulp and paper.

S

iemens Industry Automation Division launched SIMATIC PCS 7 CPU410-5H, a powerful, versatile, and rugged CPU for the process industry. A new addition to the Siemens SIMATIC controller family, it is currently the fastest and most powerful controller in the market and covers all applications, application scopes, and performance range with a single hardware and firmware platform. Also, the new dimensioning model allows users to define the performance required of the system.

SIMATIC PCS 7 CPU 410-5H gives users of the SIMATIC PCS 7, a high-performance controller with a computing capacity that can meet the high demands of the process industry such as speed, ruggedness and ability to handle complex applications. The controller is designed for round-theclock industrial use and is capable of withstanding tough temperature, vibration, shock, and EMC (Electro Magnetic Compatibility) requirements. The additional coating of the PCBs and electronic components that comply with ISA-S71.04 Severity Level G3 enhances reliability and performance in humid and corrosive environments.

The CPU comes as a standard high-end version in terms of memory, power, and communication interfaces.

78

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

It also has a failsafe design by default and is equipped with all functions for safety-related applications. Users can define the required applicationspecific performance themselves with the system expansion card (SE card). This card allows the performance to be adapted at any time without replacing the CPU. For example more process objects can be loaded simply by enhancing the memory. This eliminates the need for adding a new CPU, simplifies spare part management and reduces the associated costs.

About Siemens Ltd.

Siemens Ltd., in which Siemens AG holds 75% of the capital, is the flagship listed company of Siemens AG in India. Siemens in India including Siemens Ltd. comprises 12 legal entities, is a leading powerhouse in electronics and electrical engineering with a business volume aggregating about Rs. 12,000 crore.

It operates in the core business areas of Industry, Infrastructure & Cities, Energy and Healthcare. It has nationwide sales and service network, 23 manufacturing plants and employs about 19,000 people.

For more information Web: www.siemens.co.in

www.engrreview.com

Half a century’s worth of cutting-edge technology 50 years for a new world of grinding 50 years of JUNKER. 50 years of innovative grinding technology. 50 years that JUNKER has been driven by our belief in the constant improvement of grinding solutions. Even in the beginning, JUNKER technology was usually a step ahead.

Today, JUNKER is at the forefront of high-speed grinding.

Hall 11, Stand B74

www.junker.in

BUSINESS NEWS

Socomec recognised by Frost & Sullivan as delivering “Unparalleled quality, innovation and customization”

S

ocomec UPS has been recognized with a prestigious European Frost & Sullivan award – Product Differentiation Excellence 2013 – and has been described as delivering “unparalleled quality, innovation and customization” through its use of cutting-edge technology to meet market needs.

Describing the factors that set Socomec apart from the competition, Frost & Sullivan Industry Analyst Gautham Gnanajothi notes, “Socomec’s product differentiation excellence mainly stems from the fact that it designs and develops products that match the market needs. For instance, the company is currently focusing on two main market trends; the need to reduce the cost of energy along with the emergence of alternative energy sources, and the need for customers to efficiently estimate their power requirements.”

Socomec firmly believes in designing products with value-added features and functionalities – across all power ranges. The entire portfolio offers features that enhance performance, reliability and total protection.

Socomec strongly advocates on-line double conversion (V.F.I or voltage frequency independent) mode for operation - the only working mode that guarantees total load protection along with reduced energy bills. Its UPS products are designed to assure high efficiency, not only at full load, but also at partial load and under every possible working condition.

The high focus on quality is inherent within the design phase - efficiency and fault tolerance are priorities. Socomec is one of the first companies in the industry to employ an innovative “3-Level” technology in its UPS products, incorporating sophisticated

80

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

power converters with fully digital controls. It is with this technology that Socomec offers industry leading efficiency of 96% in the on-line double conversion mode. The company also enforces some of the most rigorous tests in its plants to ensure highest quality for the units it produces.

“Providing customized solutions to end-users is one of the key strategies of Socomec and the company has dedicated departments to handle customization,” noted Gnanajothi. “As a part of this strategy, it continues to focus and develop both transformerbased and transformer-less UPS systems, whereas its competitors focus mainly on transformer-less designs.”

In addition to its engineering and project management department that specializes in defining bespoke recommendations for specific requirements, Socomec has a dedicated service team responsible for creating customized service solutions.

Frost & Sullivan describe Socomec as “a company that promises product innovation to address industry challenges such as efficiency, availability and floor space. It boasts of high customer retention and customer satisfaction, which it has acquired over the years by delivering top of the class products. It maintains excellent proximity with its customers in order to understand their needs better and come up with products that demonstrate unique features and functionalities.

In recognition of its capability to deliver extraordinary levels of quality, innovation and customization of the highest magnitude, Socomec is the worthy recipient of the 2013 Frost & Sullivan Differentiation Continue on page no.82

www.engrreview.com

Superior Solutions for

MV Reactive Power Compensation.

EPCOS pad-mounted APFC

EPCOS pole-mounted APFC

EPCOS station-type RPC

• 3.3 to 12 KV, 3-phase • 100 to 3600 kvar in multi-step configuration

• 12 KV, 3-phase • 100 to 1200 kvar in single step • Built-in CT, PT and controller • Auto-manual mode of operation • Control based on load current, power factor or time of the day

• Fixed, switched or auto- switched in multiple steps • 3.3 to 33 KV • 100 to 10,000 kvar with customized configuration • Series reactors • Control and protection features

EPCOS India Pvt. Ltd • A Member of TDK-EPC Corporation • www.epcos.com Mumbai: 022-42 56 06 00 • Noida: 0120-4 50 58 01 • Kolkata: 033-24 19 88 15 • Bengaluru: 080-40 39 06 40 • salesin@epcos.com

Anzeigen_Indien2012.indd 4

10.04.12 17:05

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.80 Excellence Award.” Andrew Wilkinson, Regional Managing Director Socomec comments, “We are delighted to have been recognized with this industry award. Socomec is firmly committed to delivering innovation that matches our customers’ evolving needs in terms of efficiency and performance; innovation that delivers measurable and sustainable benefits to our customers today and in the years to come.”

The Socomec group in brief:

● An independent, family-owned company founded in 1922.

● A manufacturer providing expert solutions for LV electrical networks: power control and safety, critical power, energy efficiency and solar power.

● 3,200 employees spread over 25 subsidiaries around the world: SOCOMEC has total control of the design, manufacture and marketing of its products.

● Nine production sites (4 in France, 1 in Italy, 1 in Tunisia, 1 in India, 2 in China) integrate the company’s core technological know-how and ensure the quality of its products whilst respecting customer requirements in terms of delivery times. ● In 2012, the Socomec Group posted a turnover of 443M€.

Frost & Sullivan’s Best Practices Awards recognize companies in a variety of regional and global markets for demonstrating outstanding achievement and superior performance in areas such as leadership, technological innovation, customer service, and strategic product development. Industry analysts compare market participants and measure performance through in-depth interviews, analysis, and extensive secondary research in order to identify best practices in the industry.

For more information Web: www.socomec.co.in

82

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Smalley Steel Ring Company launches new linear spring series

S

malley Steel Ring Company, the world leader in the manufacturing and development of Spirolox® Retaining Rings, Constant Section Rings and Wave Springs announces the release of the new Linear Spring Series.

The new Linear Springs offer a selection of spring loads that react along a straight line, as opposed to a conventional spring that fits in a circular cavity. This means a linear spring may be located in an axial direction but providing a radial force.

Smalley Linear Springs are a continuous wave formed wire length produced from spring tempered materials. Linear Springs act as a load bearing device having approximately the same load/deflection characteristics as a wave spring.

Axial pressure is obtained by laying the linear spring flat in a straight line. Linear Springs are now available as a standard part from Smalley. Over 200 standard sizes are available from stock in both carbon and stainless steel.

Smalley offers No-Tooling-Charges™ on special Linear Spring designs. Exotic alloys are available upon request.

Smalley engineers are readily available to assist with your spring design. Smalley offers complete information on the Linear Springs including a new catalog supplement featuring several series of standard springs that have varying loads but fit the same cavity. The Linear Springs are produced in a wide variety of materials to withstand most environments.

About Smalley Steel Ring Company

Smalley Steel Ring Company is the market leader in the manufacturing and development of Spirolox® Retaining Rings, Constant Section Rings, Snap Rings and Smalley Wave Springs. Smalley offers thousands of standard configurations, does not charge for tooling of nonstandard sizes, and in most cases can provide special orders in as little as one to two weeks. The company meets international standards of excellence, including ISO 9001, ISO/TS16949, AS9100 and ISO 14001. The company’s world headquarters and manufacturing facility are located in Lake Zurich, Illinois, northwest of Chicago.

For more information Web: www.smalley.com/ LinearSprings

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Steel Exchange India Limited FY13 PAT at Rs. 53.29 Cr & Revenue at Rs. 981.51 Cr

S

teel Exchange India Limited

incorporated in Feb’1999 as Pyxis

Limited (a company acquired by

private sector in Andhra

by first generation enterpruners

and the name of the Company was

(SEIL), one of the largest

steel manufacturers in the

Pradesh, reported its profit for the 9 months period ended March 31,

2013 as Rs. 53.29 Cr and revenues as Rs. 981.51 Cr in for the 9 months

period ended March 31, 2013. The

figures are not comparable with the

previous year as the current period is for 9 months whereas the previous year is for 15 months period.

For the last quarter, while the

company saw its net profit touching Rs. 23.80 Cr which is about 14 %

rise over the net profit of Rs. 20.99 Cr for the corresponding period last year, its revenue increased by 16

% to Rs. 494.42 Cr in the reporting quarter from Rs. 425.68 Cr for the corresponding quarter last fiscal year.

Mr. B. Suresh Kumar – Joint Managing Director,

Steel

Exchange

India

Limited, expressed the satisafaction with the audited results for the 9

months period ended 31 March 2013 and said that in the coming years, we assure to strive hard and perform

according to the best of standards.

We thank our shareholders for their

continuous support and hope to receive the same in future.”

About Steel Exchange India Limited

Steel Exchange India Limited was www.engrreview.com

Technology

Solutions

Limited

(PTSL). The Company is promoted

and technocrats. Pyxis Technology Solutions was a software Company focused on development of business

to business specific online solutions.

The

promoters

were

originally

into trading of steel & steel related products

under

the

banner

of

Vizag Profiles a well known group in Vishakhapatnam. After gaining substantial

experience

in

steel

trading, the promoters decided to launch a portal based steel trading

platform. In December 1999 M/s Steel

Exchange India Limited (SEIL) was incorporated as a 100% subsidiary of PTSL. M/s Pyxis approached the

Capital Markets with its maiden Initial Public Offering in June 2000.

As the demand for steel started

growing from 2000 onwards, the promoters gradually ventured into

steel manufacturing as a backward integration of their strong steel retail

& trading business by acquiring

Simhadri Steels, a company having a rolling mill at Vizag and setting

up an ingot manufacturing unit at Kothapeta in 2004.

Under

Amalgamation

a

Scheme

approved

by

of

the

Members of the Companies, M/s Steel

Exchange India Limited (Subsidiary) and M/s Simhadri Steels Private

the group) were merged with M/s

Pyxis Technologies Solutions Limited changed to M/s Steel Exchange India

Limited. The equity shares of the company are listed on the Bombay

and Kolkata stock Exchanges. The main objective of company became

manufacture of steel and trading

in steel and related products. Steel Exchange India Ltd now owns the entire Steel business of the group.

The group has a history of

acquiring

sick

companies

and

turning them around into successful ventures. In 2008 the company had

joined as a strategic investor in the

rahabilitaion of GSAL (India) Ltd a sick company referred to the BIFR

and had a sponge iron unit of 220,000 Mts capacity per annum.

Since joining and as part of the

rehabilitation, the company set up downstream arrangements namely a 240,000 Mts p.a billet unit and

225,000 Mts rolling mill in 2010.

The

rehabilitation

scheme

was

approved by the BIFR in Aug 2012 and as per the package, GSAL is now

merged with Steel Exchange India

Limited. With the setting up of the 60 MW power plant, the company

has successfully set up an integrated streel manaufacturing hub.

For more Information

Web: www.seil.co.in

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

83

BUSINESS NEWS

Suzlon Group signs wins contracts to supply 26 MW in Burgundy, France The Suzlon Group is ranked as the world’s fifth largest* wind turbine supplier, in terms of cumulative installed capacity and marketshare, at the end of 2012. The company’s global spread extends across Asia, Australia, Europe, Africa and North and South America with approximately 22,000 MW of wind energy capacity installed and operations across 32 countries. Suzlon Group has an installed base of approximately 8,000 MW in India, with best-in-class service offerings built on 18 years of market experience.

S

uzlon Group-subsidiary, REpower Systems, has concluded two contracts with ABO Wind for the supply of 13 wind turbines. The turbines of MM92 type will be installed for two wind farms in Burgundy. The wind farms will generate a total output of more than 26 megawatts (MW).

Olivier Perot, REpower S.A.S. Managing Director said: “We are delighted ABO Wind is continuing mutual business. These wind farms strengthen our position in Burgundy region which is very dynamic in wind energy. Moreover, our large product range is perfectly adapted to different wind conditions over French territories.”

The MM92 wind turbines with a hub height of 80 meters and a rated power of 2.05 MW will be utilized for these two wind farms: Clamecy wind farm with six wind turbines MM92 type, is located in la Nièvre département. Seven turbines MM92 type are destined for the wind farms of Migé and Escamps, located in Yonne departement. They will generate a total output of more than 26 MW for Burgundy region. The first machines will be delivered for fall 2013 and the commissioning is planned for winter 2013/14. REpower will also provide

86

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

the full maintenance of the wind farms for 15 years.

“Both wind farms in Burgundy are consequently realizing the idea of citizen participation”, Patrick Bessière, manager of ABO Wind SARL in Toulouse, emphasizes. Two turbines of the project Migé-Escamps will be owned by ABO Invest, held by 20 per cent of its shares by ABO Wind and the remaining 80 per cent by more than 2,000 citizens. The company already operates seven wind farms in France, Germany and Ireland.

ABO Invest will furthermore acquire 65 per cent of the wind farm Clamecy. The remaining 35 per cent are to be held by a local corporation consisting of municipalities as well as citizens and the local energy utility Intercommunal d’Energies d’Equipement et d’Environnement de la Nièvre (SIEEEN). “We are currently going through constructive sales negotiations with our local partners and are looking forward to a positive conclusion”, Bessière reports.

supplier, in terms of cumulative installed capacity and marketshare, at the end of 2012. The company’s global spread extends across Asia, Australia, Europe, Africa and North and South America with approximately 22,000 MW of wind energy capacity installed and operations across 32 countries.

Suzlon Group has an installed base of approximately 8,000 MW in India, with best-in-class service offerings built on 18 years of market experience.

The Group offers one of the most comprehensive product portfolios – ranging from sub-megawatt onshore turbines at 600 Kilowatts (KW), to the world’s largest commerciallyavailable offshore turbine at 6.15 MW – with a vertically integrated, lowcost, manufacturing base. The Group – headquartered at Suzlon One Earth in Pune, India – comprises Suzlon Energy Limited and its subsidiaries, including REpower Systems SE.

The Suzlon Group is ranked as the world’s fifth largest* wind turbine

For more information Web: www.suzlon.com

About Suzlon Group:

www.engrreview.com

GH is one of main crane manufacturers all over the World selling to more than 60 countries, India included.

Our products: 1. Standard wire rope hoist covering 1-100 Ton capacities.

2. End Carriages for every purpose type of cranes.

3. Our KIT is your ideal option: hoist + end carriages + control panel for complete crane + festoon system + complete crane drawings.

More than 50 years of experience and constant updating of our own designed mechanisms have enabled us to supply every purpose cranes all over the world.

001

Please Feel free to contact us, let us show you our technology, GH CRANES INDIA PVT LTD 137/6, opp YES Bank.

Hinjewadi phase-II, Pune – 411057 Ph : +91 20 64730438 Email : ghindia@ghsa.com Website : www.ghsa.com

we are passionate about providing efficient material handling solutions

TECH TRENDS

Bridgestone / Firestone chooses infrared thermography both for predictive maintenance and R&D As a world leader in the production of tyres for cars, lorries, buses, aircraft and other applications, Bridgestone / Firestone is constantly seeking new and more effective technologies for predictive maintenance and Research & Development applications.

Infrared thermography, effected with the help of two FLIR Systems cameras, has proven to offer considerable advantages.

Not only does it enable Bridgestone / Firestone to keep their production units running at all times, it also allows them to improve product testing and to bring new products faster to the market.

Powered by

Bridgestone / Firestone Formula 1 tyres

T

he Technical Center Europe, based in Rome, covers more than 11,000 m2 floor space and houses chemical, physical and technical laboratories for analysis of tyre materials, a pilot plant for the manufacturing of prototype and experimental tyres and

a tyre testing complex. The Technical Center Europe is responsible for process and equipment design and development. They technically assist Bridgestone / Firestone tyre-manufacturing plants all over Europe.

Infrared thermography, a vital tool For predictive maintenance

Bridgestone / Firestone first came in contact with infrared thermography when they had high voltage equipment, checked by an external service provider. They were impressed by the information they obtained through infrared thermography.

They not only wanted to do inspections of their electrical equipment on a more regular basis, but realised that infrared would offer them added value in their predictive maintenance programmes. Not only for electrical, but also for mechanical and other inspections. They decided to buy an infrared camera. After careful technical evaluation they decided to buy a FLIR Systems ThermaCAM™ PM 695. “We decided to buy a FLIR Systems camera because it is the best system on the market.” says Mr. Martinez de Septién, Section Manager Equipment & Maintenance Control, “The camera / software combination offered by FLIR Systems clearly offered us a total predictive maintenance solution “ Continue on page no.90

88

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.88

the report. The possibility of storing text comments in the field and the intuitive ThermaCAM Reporter software, allow us to generate inspection reports very easy and very fast.” On buying the camera, Martínez de Septién decided to appoint two of his employees to follow a training course at the Infrared Training Center (ITC). “Handling an infrared camera is fairly easy,” comments Claudio Bosurgi, “but during the ITC course I acquired a theoretical background which helps me to understand what to take into account when taking infrared images with the camera and how to interpret these infrared images better. ”

Additional cameras in the near future

Camera, software and training: A perfect combination

Powered by

90

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The ThermaCAM™ PM 695 has proven to be an excellent choice.

“The people doing the inspections with the camera are often not the same as the ones that need to do the repair. Therefore the visual camera integrated in the PM 695 is great.

Our technicians can not only clearly see on the infrared image that there is a problem, but they immediately know where it is located since the associated visual image is included in

The next step was to introduce the camera in their European production facilities. A training programme was set up in Rome for the maintenance managers so that they could familiarise themselves with the infrared camera. Afterwards, the camera was sent to every production facility so that local maintenance managers could evaluate its possibilities.

“The response was extremely positive”, explains Claudio Bosurgi “all our plants are convinced that infrared is a great tool for predictive maintenance. It gives you a clear image of the situation and problems are detected before they really start troubling the production. The purchase of additional cameras is being assessed, so that each plant will have its own infrared camera” Continue on page no.92

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.90 Return on investment “Although it seemed to be a big investment, we calculated that if we could detect only 2 critical problems with the camera, it would pay itself back.

A problem is considered to be critical when, if undetected, it would shut down production for several hours.

During the first six months that we have used the ThermaCAM™ PM695 we detected already more than 2 of these problems. This alone justifies our decision to buy a camera”.

And what about Research and development?

Powered by

Claudio Bosurgi and Santiago Martínez De Septién at the Bridgestone / Firestone Technical Center Europe, Rome

92

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Being a leading company, Bridgestone / Firestone is constantly looking for new techniques and innovations to make an even better product. One of the tools they are using to realise this, is, again, infrared thermography.

“The research and tests we are conducting include those that enable us to determine the behaviour of the tyres in various operating conditions,” explains Vincenzo Ciaravola, engineer of the Research and Development Department. “We simulate the real working conditions and test

the tyres at different speeds, with different loads and according to other variable para-meters. As temperature has a considerable effect on the performance of a tyre, the infrared camera provides us with valuable information that would be difficult, if not impossible, to obtain with the help of other techniques.”

“We decided to buy a FLIR Systems SC3000 infrared camera for some important reasons. First of all it was very important to us that we could record images with a speed up to 750 Hz. On top of this the SC3000 has a larger temperature range than other cameras on the market. Also the software package ThermaCAM Researcher HS, is an excellent tool to do in depth analysis of the captured images. And finally, just as our colleagues in preventive maintenance we consider it to be vital that we can get fast and accurate local support when we need it. “The camera not only helps us to keep our factories running but also to develop a better product, not only for Formula 1 racing teams, but also for everyone travelling in cars or planes every day.”, concludes Mr. Ciaravola.

For more information FLIR Systems India Pvt. Ltd. 1111, D-Mall, Netaji Subhash Place, Pitampura, New Delhi-110034, India.

Tel: +91-11-45603555 Fax: +91-11-47212006 E-mail: flirindia@flir.com.hk Web: www.flir.com

www.engrreview.com

PORT FOLIO

Tripcon Engineering : A synonym of quality

Mr. Hemal Patel - Director Tripcon Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

T

he Tripcon Engineering Pvt. Ltd is a Synonym of Core Engineering, Fine Technicality, Modern Mechanism, Collaborative growth known for producing and exporting worldwide, quality Conveyor Chain & Sprocket for different application across various industries. It has been three decades in this field. Established in 1991 our company have Experienced and Dedicated Team which has always evolved products with better quality.

Our Client’s trust on our effort has made us one of the Leading Manufacturer and Exporter of Bucket Elevator Chains, Coal Feeder Conveyor Chains, Heavy Duty Driving Chains, Lime Stone Scrapper Reclaimer Chains, Drag Chains, Hollow Pin Chains etc. We are also Producing High Quality Chains Comprising of Conveyor Chains and Sprockets. Apart from these, we are to add that we can Manufacture Special Application Chains according to our Customer’s requirements.

We cater to companies like cement industries, sugar industries,

94

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

steel plants, paper mills, road construction equipments, oil extraction plants, coal mines, & fertilizer plants.

And we offer future-oriented solutions with chain systems and components for different applications across many industries. We cater to foreign countries like Nepal, Myanmar, Germany, Turkey, Indonesia, Uganda, Syria and Kenya.

Wide experience has taught us how important – that vital link of timely supply is – therefore, the operational philosophy involves forming a close partnership with the clients in order to understand their requirements, so as to deliver: “What they want” “ How they want” “ and most importantly “ When they want”. Tripcon has got the set up of complete chain and sprocket manufacturing technology under one roof and with the support of excellent vendor team, the deliveries of the products are very fast inspite of custom designs.

We “Tripcon Engineering Pvt. Ltd.” manufactures Conveyer Chains & Sprockets of the finest quality and are capable of producing up to 25000 Meters of Special Application Chains every Month.

We are driving our experience through a very varied type of industrial segments where we come across innovative designs and challenges to meet customers requirement, we love to do that and keep on stretching the horizons of our expertise.

For more information Tripcon Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Web: www.elevatorchains.com www.tripcon.co.in www.sprockets.co.in

For more information write to : E-mail: tripkon_engg@yahoo.co.in

www.engrreview.com

PORT FOLIO

Tinita Engineering : Fabrication expertise in Titanium, Nickel & Tantalum metal segment few India Companies. The process being very specialized, To maintain High Quality we are having highly skilled workmen & experienced Engineers.

Q. What is your marketing strategy for Indian market?

Through Consultants & Personal contacts. We are having website as well as Marketing Engineers to reach out prospective customer.

Q. According you what are the factors affecting to your business?

Mr. Kalpesh Shah Managing Director, (Standing) Mr. D. B. Ganguly Executive Director (Sitting) Tinita Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Q .Please brief us more about your company?

We are an Engineering Fabrication Unit. We started in 1996 and have now established ourselves as one of the leading fabricator in Exotic metal.

Our main Products are Tailormade Equipments like Pressure Vessels, Heat Exchangers, Column & its internals, Filters, Mixers, Silos & other Allied items for chemical, Petrochemicals & refineries Industries.

Q. Please brief us about company’s infrastructure & what are the technology alliances that has been made in order to out-front the competition?

We are basically dealing with Exotic Metal Fabrication, which is limited to

96

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Most of the material are to be imported, Rupee value is making it difficult to maintain Price structure. However, we are time to time evaluating the possibilities of reducing the labour cost to stay in competition.

Q. Brief us about the quality policy for the business?

We in Tinita Engineering Pvt.Ltd. are committed to excel and fulfill highest quality standards through technical innovation in the fabrication of equipments as per customers requirements by effectively implementing quality Management System based on ISO 9001:2008 Our policy is non compromise in quality and supply products to the complete satisfaction of customers by observing stringent quality control methods and work for continual improvement.

Heating & Cooling Tower, Pipe and pipe fitings, Plug screw Conveyors, Tantalum Repair kits, Valves, Agitators, Titanium Anode with Platinum coating, Special metals machined components, Special metal lining on tanks, Tantalum crucible for diamond polishing, pumps & Blowers, Thermowell, Bayonet Heater, Evaporation Boat, Thermotip, Anode baskets, Jigs & fixtures etc made from Exotic Metals such as Titanium, Tantalum, Nickel, Alloy 904L, Hastelloy ‘B’ & ‘c’, Monel, Inconel, Alloy 20, Zirconium, Cupro Nickel,17-4PH, Duplex Steel and all grades of Stainless Steel.

Q. According you what are the factors affecting to your business?

Global Economics & few Govt. Policies. Fluctuation of Dollar Price & Local Statutory Govt. Taxes & levies are major factors affecting the business. Even the inflation is making the labour & material costly thereby forcing us to compromise with profitability.

Q. What is your vision for your company?

To make it most reliable & top quality Fabricator in Exotic Metal. To Expand & provide more job opportunities to coming generation.

Q. Can you brief us more about your company’s top line product range?

Our Products range include Heat Exchanger, Reactor Vessel, Chemical Mixtures, Columns and Towers,

For more information Web: www.tinita.in

www.engrreview.com

PORT FOLIO

SCHMALZ : Renowned for materials handling with vacuum

F

ounded in April 1999 as Joint venture for marketing the entire product range of J. Schmalz GmbH in India, now is a 100% subsidiary Company of J. Schmalz GmbH Germany, for their entire vacuum based material handling product range.

Today, Schmalz provides a complete range of material handling products with vacuum, that includes Vacuum Components, used for pick and place, robotic end effectors for packaging / palletizing and assembly, Ergonomic Vacuum Lifting and handling Systems , Vacuum Clamping Systems, used to clamp wood, plastics, metal or glass on CNC machines, and Vacuum Gripping systems. The core competency of Schmalz is “Material handling with Vacuum” It’s complete product line provides solutions to problems in Material handling and meets requirements across a broad spectrum of industries, such as, Food and beverage processing, Medical, Appliance manufacturing, Wood/Metalworking, Automotive, Electronics, Chemical, CD/DVD production, Packaging, Palletizing, Plastic injection molding, Glass handling, Printing etc,.

Due to active participation in these industries, Schmalz has developed the product line, which is unmatched by any other supplier of vacuum products in the world. With more than 300 installations in India, for handling various types of work pieces and serving nearly to 600 customers, Schmalz is well known in India for more than a decade. Their presence is now further strengthened through this Venture to market the entire product range of J. Schmalz GmbH and to offer total material handling solutions, spares, and service support locally.

98

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Product details:

1) Vacuum Components: Vacuum components enable the safe and efficient handling of workpieces in automated processes. In particular, they find regular use in connection with robotics applications and automated gateways. Through the use of vacuum technology, decisive increases in productivity are gained in industries such as sheet metal, automotive, wood, packaging, synthetics, solar, electronics, or CD/ DVD. The great variety of workpieces which can be handled using vacuum extends from sensitive small parts such as electronic components, solar wafers or CDs to paperboard and blister packaging, and all the way to furniture parts, heavy sheet metals or glass. In all areas of automation technology, Schmalz customers benefit from qualified systems consulting and groundbreaking, innovative solutions. The Schmalz vacuum component product program range includes everything you need to build a fully operational vacuum system

2) Vacuum Handling System:

a) Vacuum Lifting Devices Vacumasters: VacuMaster vacuum lifting devices are the ideal working materials for handling metal sheets, glass panes, wood and concrete sheets with a weight of up to 2,000 kg. The retention process is implemented by vacuum. Secure lifting of the load is accomplished by a chain hoist.

Because of its robust design, the vacuum lifting device VacuMaster has a long lifetime. Due to the compact and modular design, individual adaptation to various applications is no problem. During

the transport of heavy loads, safety is the top priority. All VacuMaster versions feature a large vacuum reservoir and easy-to-read gauge. The audible warning signal or a decrease in the vacuum works even during power interruptions and thus guarantees maximum safety. Operator errors are prevented by a unique hand-gear valve.

Because of its low weight and good accessibility of control elements, even heavy loads can be handled easily. With our standard and specialized devices, we offer an appropriate solution for every application b) Vacuum Tube Lifter Jumbo: The vacuum tube lifter Jumbo is particularly well suited for frequent and rapid lifting and movement of carton boxes, bags, barrels, wooden sheets and many other applications up to a weight of 300 kg. The retention and lifting process is implemented here exclusively with vacuum as a medium. To grip the load with few marks and lift it securely, neither chain nor rope hoist, nor manipulator or lift cylinder, are necessary.

The device can be easily adapted to individual requirements. It offers variable base components that can be combined in many different ways and assembled based on modular principles. Secure working is guaranteed with the tube lifter. A quick-reaction check valve and a large suction pad area prevent the load’s dropping -even during a power outage. The vacuum tube lifter, of course, meets the accident prevention rules according to BGR/ BGV 500.

For more information Web: www.schmalz.com

www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

Techno Products : Changing the dynamics of power transmission business

Mr. Murli Srinivasan - Director- Techno Products Development Pvt. Ltd. Q. Please brief its journey from the inception and share some of its milestones?

TECHNO PRODUCTS Development Pvt Ltd is an ISO 9001-2000 certified company established in the year 1999 to provide products & services to industries for all power transmission requirements, like Geared motors, Gear boxes / Reducers, Variable Frequency Drives etc. We cater to varied industries namely Power, Cement, Sugar, Steel, Material Handling, Windmill,etc……..

From a modest beginning of a few thousands, the company now boasts of an annual turnover of more than Rs. 200 Mn. Techno Products is currently one of the leading service providers of Transmission Solutions, mainly in South India. The company is ably led

by Mr. Murali Srinivasan, a Mechanical Engineer by qualification, with over 22 years experience in the gear industry.

Techno Products has an ambitious agent for growth. The company now plans to induct experienced, Technically Qualified Engineers to tap the Burgeoning Industrial Growth. Plans are also on the anvil to add further

www.engrreview.com

products like Pumps, speed increaser gear boxes, and other Transmission Equipments to enhance the product pipeline.

With Industrial growth in India making rapid progress, Techno Products foresees itself to be in the front of Transmission Equipment Suppliers. Techno Products is tied-up with pioneers in the industry like Siemens, IC-Bauer, Rossi, Danfoss, Nord Drive systems, MGM-VARVEL, Lenze, Hindustan Motor Mfg, Crompton Greaves, Marathon,TGT & Esco Gear Couplings.

Techno Products is fully geared up to meet the competition foreseen by the entry of MNCs and other Indian players into the market.

Q.Brief us about company’s global reach & what are the global alliances that has been made in order to out front the competition?

We are complete solution providers in Power Transmission products through our well trained Electro Mechanical Engineers which resulted in considerable success in India, as customers always seek complete solutions, than simple product selling. Almost all our

MNC Principals have now established their manufacturing plants in India, thus minimising our imports.

Also, we have liaison agents located worldwide and we are able to generate enquiries through them apart from registering with all trade links.

We have planned different marketing strategies to develop our presence in the industry, like participating in the Industrial Engineering Expo, PR & Media, Promotional activities like Vendors’ meet, as well as frequent training for our Engineers with our Principals.

Q. What are the market prospects of your company products in India & How do you plan to position these products?

The Indian market always has opportunities for all companies who have a clear business plan, giving priority to the quality of their products & services.

All our customers always welcome & encourage our products well backedup by our after sales-service competence. All our Service Engineers are well trained in the respective products & can extend technical support to our customers. We have introduced a 24x7 service network thereby any service call will be attended in the shortest possible time. Also, we provide handson training to all our OEM customers in order to attend to any teething problems. We also have a modern fabrication facility to assemble our motors, couplings & gear boxes.

Our products are the “best in class”, available anywhere in the world, offered with competitive prices. We provide industrial product needs to various industries like Paper, Printing, Packaging, Electronics, Textile, Wood, Metal & Steel, Sugar & Cement factories, Material handling, Automobiles & even Food Processing industries.

Q. Can you brief us about the marketing strategies that were applied in orENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

99

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

der to stand our in the competition?

In-spite of being in distribution network, we too provide customized solutions which keep us engaged with customer always & yield best results.

We keep the required fast moving products in stock in order to make our customer minimize their inventory and the same can be offerd offthe-shelf. We are have agreements with all our OEM customers, and depending on the volume; the prices will be kept valid for 6 months to 1 year, which saves time & communication for our customers. This also helps us plan our stocks with our principals. We also carry out Energy Audit in the end-user market & we suggest them to replace or go in for VFDs to save energy. We extend our guarantee period even up to 3 years for certain project orders. Coupled with this, our after sales service, the commitment to our users & the trust they have on us differentiates us from the many in this field.

Q. Please brief about the company’s infrastructure & what are the measures that are being taken from the product manufacturing to distribution?

We have 2 separate units - one for Manufacturing/Assembling of all our Gear units & another for distribution.

Our Engineers are well trained by our Principal, and are competent to as-

100

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

semble all the Power Transmission units and also provide after sales service support. We have appointed freelancers in all the key metros to meet emergency service calls. We also have Sub dealers across the countries, who can serve our customers on time with better understanding. We too have reliable logistics network to follow up and ensure delivery to our customers on time.

Q. Brief us about the R&D and Quality policy of your business?

We regularly update our Quality control measures & strictly follow ISO norms. All our Principals adhere to international ISO Standards, possess their own R&D facility and are developing new technologies & policies. We being partners, enjoy the benefits of the same.

Q. How far the factors like government norms, excise duty, taxation, exim policies are affecting your business?

Government norms, excise duty, taxation, exim policies are statutory requirements and if you consider the developments for the past few years, you would find the Government is trying to help the business and industrialists by simplifying the norms and therefore one should take pride in complying with these norms. However, simpler norms like GST should be immediately implemented. Unified approach from both Central & State authorities will ensure inclusive growth.

Q. Brief about your company’s vision statement?

TECHNO PRODUCTS DEVELOPMENT Pvt Limited is a privately funded group in distribution business. Our key ac-

tivities are invested in the stock and distribution of POWER TRANSMISSION products. TECHNO PRODUCTS’s unique vision is to be a growing and caring organisation striving to achieve better results, year to year. We will achieve this by blending investment programs in all business activities, using modern equipment and systems with dedicated and highly competent people in all areas.

Our vision is to be universally recognized as the market leader in the management and execution of all our activities by using:-

● Our unique balance of Techno Commercial expertise ● Our proven track record of excellent product mix and service, and ● Our innovative delivery of value enhancing solutions to meet all our customer needs.

By working in partnership with our employees, customers and suppliers, we will strive towards achieving world class leadership in Engineering, Stocking, Delivery, Service and Management of all products, coupled with the lowest cost achievable through never ending development and continuous improvement (involving everyone, wherever possible, in the company will Endeavour to work towards this aim). To achieve this, we will ensure that the activities will be conducted safely and do everything we can to ensure the continued health of our employees and customers. We will act responsibly in relation to the environment and will work towards the principles of sustainability. www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

Materials Handling industry will continue to grow at a reasonable rate : Preet Heri The growth in the material handling industry has been moderate and is mainly driven by growth in the steel, power, infrastructure and manufacturing sectors. We believe that the material handling industry will continue to grow at a reasonable rate. However, we still believe that measures must be taken to encourage capital investment in the country, says Preet Heri, Managing Director, Armsel MHE P. Ltd. in an interview with P. K. Balasubramanian. Excerpts: ments. However, we are still positive about the mid to long-term economic prospects.

Q. What’s its cascading effect on the materials handling industry?

The slow down in the overall economic situation in India has certainly had a cascading negative impact on the material handling industry. Firstly, decision making in investment of material handling equipment’s is taking longer that usual. Further, due to limitation in the number of projects, competition has become quite keen.

However, we see this period as a time for consolidating and improving our operations. Our focus is to remain committed to improving the quality of our products & services.

Mr. Preet Heri, Managing Director, Armsel MHE Pvt. Ltd. Q. What’s the economic scene in India and how conducive is it to business and growth?

At a macroeconomic level, it is quite evident that the growth has slowed down in the recent months. We do not see much reason for this environment to change in the short term.

While there are limited investments in the steel and power sector, the oil & gas, auto and manufacturing sectors have substantially cut invest-

102

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Q. What’s your niche in material handling and what’s your significant contribution to the industry and economy?

Historically, we have been a crane and hoist manufacturing company that could provide a specialized solution to our customers. Some of our customers have been quite demanding when it comes to satisfying their specific requirement in terms of design. We believe that we have been able to meet their demand.

After the acquisition of our company by Kito Corporation, a leading Japanese manufacturer of hoists, we continue to provide such custom built

solutions. In addition, we have now introduced the globally renowned products of Kito Corporation to the Indian market. Kito Corporation’s standard products include very high quality, Made in Japan, electric chain hoists, manual chain hoist (aka chain pulley block) and lever hoists. Kito Corporation also has special purpose hoists such as electric chain hoists for windmills (which are typically of very high lift), twin hook hoists, ultra low headroom hoists, single-phase electric chain hoists, etc.

Q. What’s your range of manufacture and which are your unique products with technological edge?

Our product range caters to the wide variety of requirements of Customers. This includes In House Manufactured Items and imported and traded products.

The major products are listed below:

We believe that our uniqueness lies in the ability to deliver specialized overhead material handling equipment field, with the highest level of technology, precision and safety as demanded by our customers.

Q. What have you to say about your manufacturing excellence and quality obsession?

Armsel KITO operational focus arwww.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

Cranes

Process Cranes (Armsel KITO Brand) Armsel Kito Products Standard Cranes (Armsel KITO Brand)

Packaged Products (KITO Brand)

eas are marketing and sales, product development, assembly, and maintenance services. Products are based on modularity and standardization and make use of the latest technology and cost-efficient designs with efficient use of raw materials. Maintaining a uniform product platform gives valuable flexibility in terms of capacity utilization and resource allocation. Armsel KITO being a wholly owned subsidiary of Kito Corporation has derived its Vision & Mission from Kito Group’s Mission. Basically, the quality policy of Armsel is aligned with the vision and mission of Armsel KITO & in turn aligned with the mission of the Kito Group.

Hoists

Special Purpose Machines Cranes Hoists

Chain Pulley Block

Electric Chain Hoist

Ratchet Lever Block

O ver h ead Cran es

Up to 100T

Wire King Model (Heavy Duty)

Up to 50T

Jib Cranes

Gantry Cranes

Special Purpose Machines Winches

Transfer Trolley Cranes

Jib Cranes

Gantry Cranes Hoists

CB/CX Series ER2 Series

LB/LX Series

ally improved in order to increase customer satisfaction, on-time delivery of products and by continually improving the working environment and quality of life of our employees.

Q. Do you have anything like the ‘first time in the country’?

As we are also in to the business of delivering custom built overhead material handling solutions, we have delivered many such types of equipment. Some of them include, ultra low headroom wire rope hoists, rail handling hoists operating in tandem in a fully automated environment, cooling stack inspection devices, sev-

Up to 15T

Up to 100T Up to 10T

Up to 100T Up to 100T Up to 200T Up to 15T

Up to 200T Up to 20T Up to 50T Up to 20T Up to 9T

eral special purpose winches, special purpose jib cranes for steel / mining industries, explosion proof cranes & hoists etc.

Q. Could you throw some light on your customer base, reach and export markets?

Some of our customers include: Japanese based customers include leading automotive companies and general constructors: Although we have done some export business, our focus is to operate in the Indian market, for the time being.

Our Quality Policy

Armsel is committed to achieve customer satisfaction and the goal of excellence in its activities.

We shall achieve this by understanding our customers’ requirements through open communication, by continually improving our product performance, ensuring that our quality management system is continuwww.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

103

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

Armsel Manufacturing Facilities Q. Any accolades/recognitions received for your outstanding performance?

We have been awarded by KSFC (Karnataka State Finance Corporation) for best performance in general industry.

Recently, we received our ISO:9001 – 2008 certification from M/s TUV NORD. We have also received recognition from many of our customers such as Tata Steel, Flowserve, etc for our performance.

Q. Could give some idea of your wherewithals?

Our company in India was established in the year 1974. Kito Corporation, Japan, was established in the

1932. The Kito Group recently celebrated its 80th anniversary. Over these 80 years we have been able to develop a rich experience in the field of material handling.

The Registered Office of the company is situated at Mitra Towers, No 10/4 Kasturba Road, Bangalore 560001. Liaison, Marketing and Administration departments are at Office. The factory is situated in Govt.

Developed KIADB Jigani Industrial Area, own land of 1,40,000 Sq. feet area, Built up factory working area of 48,500 Sq. feet, and connected electric power of 150 KVA. The Factory working area is made up of six production sheds of one production test bay. All these bays are serviced with two numbers overhead cranes of suitable capacity. The full fledged facility is equipped with end to end manufacturing system comprising of Machine shop, Fabrication / Structural division, Assembly division and Testing. A state of the Art Auto CAD & E-Plan design department takes care of Design Engineering and Drawings. A designer who is assigned by Kito Corporation, Japan heads our Design Department. He has had sev-

eral qualitative years of experience in Crane & Hoist Design. Workshop consists of heavy and light machine shop, structural fabrication shop, electrical shop, Assembly, finishing, painting, testing, dispatch and other facilities.

For forging, foundry, hardening and tempering of material and nondestructive testing, we sub contract the activity to approved vendors. A full-fledged design and development cell supports the above facilities and quality assurance departments with modern computer aided design back up, with testing and training centre.

Q. What’s the shape of things to come in your sphere of business?

While the material handling industry is witnessing a reasonable growth, year on year, the competition will also get keener owing to the increase in the number of manufacturers.

We will be creating an identity of our own by focusing on our and our group company’s vision and mission.

Q. How do you look at the future?

As per our assessment, the Indian material handling market is quite large and our market share may not be considered to be significant. We also anticipate that the market will continue to grow at a moderate pace, in the mid to long-term. Given the same, our focus would be to increase our market share in this segment by delivering technologically advanced equipment backed by a service network that is commensurate to Japanese standards.

Pics required: Armsel Manufacturing Facilities

104

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

a) Production-line b) A couple of key products c) Your picture www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

The Indian Warehousing & Materials Handling Sector is one of the most promising sectors of our new economy : S. A. Mohan “The Indian warehousing & materials handling sector is one of the most promising sectors of India’s new economy. Though nascent and not as technologically advanced as its western counterparts, the sector is creating a huge buzz globally by virtue of its sheer potential for growth.,” says S.A Mohan, Chief Executive Officer, Maini Materials Movement headquartered in Bangalore. Maini is a leader in materials handling and warehousing equipment. It offers the entire gamut of inplant materials handling products. A strong spectrum of after market services from the company includes a few unique service offerings like the ‘complete customer care’ This makes it a preferred partner of choice for valued customers. P.K. Balasubramanian speaks to Mohan to know more about the company’s capabilities and commitments in the materials handling field. The interview also portrays the industry scenario and its growth prospects. Excerpts:

Q. What’s the economic scene in India and how conducive is it to business and growth?

Mr. S. A. Mohan, CEO, Maini Materials Movement Pvt. Ltd

106

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The economic scene in India is replete with paradoxes and surprises.

India has the potential to achieve growth rate of 8 per cent per annum.

The current dip in GDP rate is due to the impact of multiple factors, nationally and internationally.

Despite the current global financial crisis, India remains one of the strongest growth economies and one of the most promising markets worldwide. Indian manufacturing companies today compete with giants across the globe and on their turf. The recent rise of the Indian retail sector now has global players from across the world eyeing the Indian market. While these trends alone demand investment in superior logistics services and upgraded infrastructure, India’s steadily growing affluent middle class with its increased spending capacity on high quality consumer goods is indirectly making it critical for all companies to invest in logistics solutions.

India is the world’s second largest two wheeler market, Asia’s third largest Passenger Vehicle market, world’s fifth largest bus and truck

market (by volume) and world’s fourth largest commercial vehicle market The Indian Warehousing & Material Handling sector is one of the most promising sectors of India’s new economy. Though nascent and not as technologically advanced as its western counterparts, the sector is creating a huge buzz globally by virtue of its sheer potential for growth.

Indian economy has continuously recorded high growth rates and became an attractive destination for investments.

These factors have formed the foundation for sound business and ambitious growth

Q. What’s its cascading effect on the materials handling industry?

The cascading effect of current economic scenario on Warehousing & Material Handling Equipment industry is promising.

Cost competitiveness, increasing demand, easy financing schemes, new product offerings, infrastructure development and an enabling regulatory environment are the key growth factors for the Indian Warehousing and Material Handling Equipment industry. www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

India is an emerging global manufacturing hub for low cost compact cars. Low manufacturing costs due to economies of scale, low R & D and sourcing costs are increasing affordability which in turn is driving domestic demand for Warehousing and Material Handling Solutions.

Q. What’s your niche in material handling and what’s your significant contribution to the industry and economy?

We hold a leadership position in the In-Plant Material Handling Equipment market. In order to cater to the increasing demand for more complex equipment, we forged a strategic alliance with NMHG - one of the top three Material Handling Equipment manufacturers, globally.

With Yale as a Global partner, we are powered to manufacture European designed Forklift Trucks and Warehouse Equipment’s for the rapidly developing Indian Market, at competitive price points.

Armes Maini, our JV with Armes SpA, Italy is a leading manufacturer of Industrial Racks and a One Stop Solution for a large spectrum of storage needs. We have made significant contributions to the industry and the enterprise by offering technologically superior product basket. We are renowned to be the first in India to design and manufacture Battery Operated MHE. Maini Group has pioneered Electric cars in India and continues to be the largest electric car manufacturers in the world.

Q. What’s your range of manufacture and which are your unique products with technological edge?

www.engrreview.com

Forklift

TowTruck

STACKER

Hand Pallet Truck

Dock Leveler Electric Pallet Truck

Our range of manufacture comprises of: ● In-Plant Material Handling Equipment ● Outside Plant Material Handling Equipment ● Storage Solutions ● Buggies/ Battery Operated Vehicles

All equipment’s at Maini are developed in-house. We are one of the few companies in India who design and develop technology and testing systems.

Our in-plant MHE for Stacking, Floor transportation, Towing & Hauling come with AC drive technology and hence offer superior performance, effortless operations with thoughtful features. Our Forklift range comes with Next Generation technology from Yale, making them the most ergonomically advanced and productive truck range in the market, today. We manufacture specific Yale products in India; thereby ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

107

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

becoming the pioneers to manufacture of European designed Forklift Trucks locally. The manufacturing of Yale products in India is benefitting our customers significantly, as European designed products are available at competitive price points.

With the introduction of YaleMaini co-branded 3 wheel RCF truck, the markets started experiencing new technologies which provide reliability, safety and significantly enhanced efficiencies.

Our Racking and Shelving solutions offer a basket of technologically advanced unique features.

Our buggies also come with AC drive technology and come with a basket of technologically advanced features.

Q. What have you to say about your manufacturing excellence and Quality Obsession?

We have a best-in-class manufacturing technology deployment in a 45, 000 Sq. Ft of build-up area, with a potential to build another 70, 000 Sq. Ft. Our manufacturing system is flexible, as majority of our solutions being are customized. We are committed to manufacture customized products of the highest quality standards at relatively short lead time.

Our R & D Facility has several Pro Engineer Stations (3D) including facilities for design, static and dynamic analysis and prototyping.

We are committed to a policy of total quality in all aspects of our operations. We manufacture our products to deliver performance excellence through defect prevention and continuous improvement programmes to meet and exceed customer requirements. All employees are trained to understand the

108

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

requirement of quality standards, regardless of their function as quality affects every aspect of the business.

Every employee is mentored on the importance of quality in their role, to ensure that our customers receive ‘high quality’ products and services.

We believe that achievement of an International Quality Standard is not a single event but an on-going commitment, which remains a continual obligation.

Maini Materials Movement Pvt Ltd is accredited with ISO 9001-2008

by TUV Nord for our Integrated QualityManagement System

Q. Do you have anything like the ‘first time in the country’?

● We pioneered the design and manufacturing of Dock Levellers in India ● We were the first Indian company to introduce the concept of Total Solutions.

● We were the first to introduce a complete range of material handling equipment in India.

Prior to that, there were only the hand pallets and the fork trucks as primary material handling equipment ● We pioneered the design and manufacturing of battery operated MHE, in India ● We pioneered the design and manufacturing of Buggies/ Battery Operated Vehicles in India for people transportation in gated campuses

Revacontinues to be the largest electric car manufacturer in the world. Incidentally Reva is still the world’s lowest priced electric car.

Q. Could you throw some light on your customer base and reach?

Over the years, we have served prominent companies from varied industries and Government institutions.

Our customers range from Indian Defence, Consumer Electronics, Retail, Pharmaceuticals, Automobiles, FMCG, Logistics, IT, etc.

Q. What’s the shape of things to come in your sphere of business?

Warehousing and Material Handling industry in India is still in a nascent stage and carries a potential for an exponential growth. There is a growing demand for best-in-class technology.

Increasing throughputs will necessitate companies to adopt technology, either by choice or due to competition.

Q. How do you look at the future?

The industry’s prospects look very promising over the mid-term. With the expected introduction of GST, the ramping up of infrastructure and the increase of India’s share in the world trade, this industry is set for an explosive growth in the coming years.

● Maini Group is one of the first companies to introduce electric vehicles worldwide. Mahindra www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

“ We have yet to be self-reliant in machine tools ” : Ashok Sheth Mr. P.K. Balasubramanian had a one-to-one with Mr. Ashok Sheth, Chairman of Solitaire to ascertain the secret of success of this trendsetter in its chosen field. Excerpts.

Solitaire Machine Tools Ltd is a leading manufacturer of precision centreless grinders. Incorporated in 1987, Solitaire has developed a niche market for itself for catering to the demand of centreless grinders. Over the years the company has produced over 650 centreless grinders coming from two production units in Vadodara.

SMT is an exclusive licensee of Cincinnati Milacron, USA for manufacturing centreless grinders in two primary sizes. It also has a licence agreement with Bocca Malandrone SpA of Italy. The value added services it offers includes rebuilding and retrofitting of any model of Cincinnati grinders as well as other European makes.

Q. Is everything hunky-dory with the Indian Machine Tool Industry?

The situation in Machine Tool Industry is not so good as the confidence in Economic Growth is missing and no one wants to invest unless they are forced to do so.

The stability in economy is must to generate growth. The current devaluation in Rupee is also going to affect imports of various products necessary for CNC Machines.

Q. What’s its current status in terms of using contemporary technologies, to be in step with the world?

Mr. Ashok Sheth Chairman & Managing Director Solitaire Machine Tools Ltd

The newer technology is available within country, but very few users want to invest in these contemporary technology at higher cost.

With low demand, the cost of technology remains high and this affects the possible sales. With enough demand, we can offer world class solution to domestic users at competitive cost.

Q. Are we self reliant when it comes to machine tools? Or do we still have to depend on imports, especially for special purpose machines?

110

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

We are not Self reliant in machine tools manufacturing as import still corners almost 60 % of market share. We depend on imports where volumes are very small for development within country and also where SPMs dedicated for components are already available abroad.

The other factor affecting is large scale import of used machines from overseas at very low prices from auctions and private sales.

Q. What have you to say on our quality standards and manufacturing excellence?

Our quality standards could be similar to standards in other countries. The necessary manufacturing technology is available to us in India. Most of the time, we do not get chance to use it, as Indian customer is not willing to pay for it to Indian machine tool manufacturer.

The common distrust of Indian user for Indian Machine Tool manufacturer to deliver solution is one of the major reason for high priced imports. A customer would pay Rs. 2 crores for amachine from Europe, but would bargain and haggle for same features in an Indian machines at 1 crore. This is most prominent in Government organizations and Pubwww.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

lic sector units.

Q. How is our export performance and growth?

The Export Growth is so-so and not where we excel. We still do not Project an image where Made in India means Pride, Quality and Service. We still try to compete only on Price. We have talked at IMTMA about Selling Brand India more than selling individual company’s products. However the idea has not been catching with most of the members.

Q. Coming to Solitaire Machine Tools (SMT), what precisely is your niche?

Our Niche is providing Total Grinding Solution in case of Centerless grinding. We work with our customers from start of the project where even their project reports are made jointly. We work every step of the way and offer services.

We have a sister plant in USA and which helps us keep abreast of technological developments in USA. Our collaborators in Italy also help us keep up with happenings in Europe.

We Benchmark ourselves with major manufacturers in Europe and Japan.

Q. What is your current range of manufacture?

We currently manufacture Centerless grinders in small size with ability to grind 0.5 mm diameter to largest size where we can grind 300 mm in diameter. The entire range is covered with Sevendifferent models covering range of grinders built under License of Cincinnati Milacron of USA, www.engrreview.com

built under License of Bocca & Malandrone, Sunebo of Italy and grinders developed in house. All grinders are offered with 1 to 7 axis of CNC Grinder Controls and offered with wide variety of accessories, automation, gauging and anything required to meet customer’s need.

We are developing Double Disk grinders at this stage withan Italian designer firm. It will be fully automated and would be suitable for mass production of components. The grinder will be launched in September 2013.

Q. Could you give some idea of your manufacturing facilities and quality obsession?

Solitaire has full machining and assembly facility at two of it’s plants in Vadodara. The machining facilities include large HMCs, VMCs, Boring Machines, Slideway grinders, Surface grinders, Cylindrical grinders and host of other machines. Full inspection facility is available to inspect manufactured parts as well as cusENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

111

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

and processes by which quality and productivity goes up for better cost effectiveness for our customers. We are Partners in Productivity to our Customers.

Q. What are the value added services you offer?

tomer’s components after trial grinding.

The Quality obsession was impregnated in working for first seven years by only exporting machines to USA and seling under name of Cincinnati Milacron. As of today, Solitaire has exported over 50 % of it’s production of last 25 years.

Q. What are the innovations you have spearheaded so as to stay ahead?

We always have looked for challenges in grinding and accepted the same.

Some of them have met with failure, but that brings out best out of our creativeness.

We have ground pins which weigh as small as 2 grams to truck axles which weigh 250 kg. In both extreme cases, we provide automation and wide variety of accessories.

To stay ahead of competition, we always look at applications, which are normally met by imports and offer our own solution at better price and service. We also work with our customers to develop new grinders

112

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

We offer rebuilding and CNC retrofitment for Centerless grinders to our customers for their existing or used imported grinders. These grinders are also tooled up for components and carry same warranty as new grinders. We also offer automation for grinders or entire line of machines.

Q. What are the challenges ahead for the industry in general and SMT in particular?

The challenge ahead is to produce parts in industry at better price and quality. Machine Tool Industry has to gear up to this challenge, if we want to be part of Global market. At SMT, we work with many MNCs and other large Indian organizations to improve on quality and productivity so that our customers can compete in International market and grab major share of global market.

Q. How you look at the future?

The future for Machine Tool Industry is bright for those who want to move with continuous development to meet stringent demands. At SMT, we feel that we will continue to get challenges from Indian as well as Overseas customers and we will meet them by offering solution.

We cannot sit and watch world go by. We have to run and be ahead of Competition. www.engrreview.com

-Double Compression Cable Gland

for armoured cables

NEW

the real IP 68 solution

Engineered in Germany, produced in India!

s 7EATHERPROOF 7ATERPROOF

&LAMEPROOF %XPLOSIONPROOF

s /NLY SIZES NEEDED FOR #LAMPING RANGE Ø 12 n MM

s 3UITABLE FOR GAS GROUP ))! ))" ))#

:ONE 1 %X D

s -ORE PRODUCTS

s THREAD "3# -ETRIC s !PPROVED THROUGH #)-&2 )NDIA )"%X5 'ERMANY

Geissel India Pvt. Ltd. · Gat No. 1102, Mutha Road Pirangut, Taluka Mulshi · IND - PUNE - 412115 Tel.: +91 20 229 22125 · info@geissel-india.com A Member of The Geissel Group, Germany

TECH TRENDS

Surge Protection Device (SPD), isolation transformer & line filter- usage is based on the type of protection & application Surge Protection Devices (SPDs)

Powered by

114

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

S

urge Protection Devices (SPDs) have become increasingly important in recent years and has got wide presence across industries.

Costly electronic equipment, which is sensitive to voltage peaks on the supply, is no longer found only in offices and factories, but in our homes as well. Apart from power lines, SPDs are important for data/ communication lines also. The only exception is, fibre optic, Type A cable which is totally metal free.

Nowadays, highly- sensitive data processing, telecommunication and computer networks form the backbone of worldwide communications structures without which, no company can survive. Machines and production lines are monitored and controlled by electronic equipment programmed for specific purposes.

SPDs are used for protection against surges from power lines, signal lines, feeder lines and other various line voltage surges, and can be used as class 1, 2 & 3 levels of protection.

A transient voltage surge is a random, high-energy, short-duration electrical disturbance with a rise time of only 1μs to 10μs. It’s a subcycle event, and in that respect it differs from an overvoltage condition, which requires a different approach to solve the problem. About 80% of the recorded transient voltage surge come from internal switching transients caused by turning motors, transformers, photocopiers, or other loads on and off. Externally generated surges, on the other

hand, come from induced lightning, grid switching, or other facilities on the same distribution node. SPDs divert most of the transient energy away from the load, by creating an equipotentialisation between the connected lines as well as diverting the surge current via a lowimpedance ground path.

Types of SPDs IEC 61643-11 defines three categories of surge protective devices for low-voltage electrical installations: Class 1 SPD

The Class1 SPD is recommended at the Main Distribution board as It protects electrical installations against direct lightning strokes. It also equalizes the potential at all points when there is a high potential in the earth due to GPR- Ground Potential Rise. Class 1 SPD is characterized by 10/350 μs wave.

Eg: 3 phase 4 wire Line-neutral & neutral-earth Class 1 SPD Class 2 SPD

The Class 2 SPD is recommended at the sub- distribution board. It prevents the spreading of over voltages in the electrical installations and protects the loads. Class 2 SPD is characterized by 8/20 μs wave.

Eg: 3 phase 4 wire Class 2 SPD Class 3 SPD

These SPDs has a low discharge capacity. They must be installed as a supplement to Class 2 SPD and in the vicinity of sensitive loads. Class 3 SPD is characterized by a combination of wave 1.2/50μs and 8/20μs waves.

Eg: 1 phase Class 3 SPD SPDs use non-linear voltage

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

limiting (or switching) components to clamp transient voltages to a safe level. SPDs are the most cost-effective power quality improvement device as:

● Transient voltages account for approximately 85%of all power quality problems ● SPDs are typically the cheapest form of protective devices to purchase/install against the failures due to surges.

Isolation Transformers, line filters and surge protection devices are three kinds of protective devices, finding extensive use in power system and very much involved in fixing power quality issues. Selection of the three devices for study is justified as there is a common myth in using these devices interchangeably without knowing its correct application.

Isolation Transformer

Isolation transformers provide galvanic isolation and are used to protect against electric shock, or to transfer power between two circuits which must not be connected. Isolation transformers block transmission of DC signals from one circuit to the other, but allow AC signals to pass. An isolation transformer is designed to www.engrreview.com

specifically address the problems associated with referencing its internal shields to ground. It is constructed with two isolated Faraday shields between the primary and secondary windings. When properly installed, the shield, which is closest to the primary winding, is connected to the common power supply ground and the shield closest to the secondary winding is connected to the shield of the circuit to be isolated.

The use of two shields in the construction of the isolation transformer diverts high frequency noise, which would normally be coupled across the transformer to the grounds of the circuit in which they occur. The two shields provide more effective isolation of the primary and secondary circuits by also isolating their grounds. The isolation transformer adds a third capacitance between the two Faraday shields, which may allow coupling of high frequency noise between the system grounds. However, increasing the separation between the two Faraday shields normally minimizes this third capacitance. Additionally, the dielectric effect of the shields plus the increased separation of the two windings significantly reduce the inter-capacitance between the windings. An equivalent circuit for an isolation transformer is presented in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Equivalent Circuit of an Isolation Transformer

● R1 = Resistance in Primary Windings ● R 2 = Resistance in Secondary

Windings ● L1 = Primary Inductance Which Creates Leakage Flux ● L2 = Secondary Inductance Which Creates Leakage Flux ● M = Mutual Transformer Inductance ● C1 = Capacitance between Primary Windings and Primary Shield ● C2 = Capacitance between Secondary Winding and Secondary Shield ● C12 = Capacitance between Primary and Secondary

Application

1) In electronics testing and servicing isolation transformer is a 1:1 (under load) power transformer used for safety. Without it, exposed live metal in a device under test is at a hazardous voltage relative to grounded objects such as a heating radiator or oscilloscope ground lead (a particular hazard with some old vacuum-tube equipment with live chassis). With the transformer, as there is no conductive connection between the transformer secondary and earth, there is no danger in touching a live part of the circuit while another part of the body is earthed.

2) Electrical isolation is considered to be particularly important in medical equipment, and special standards apply. Often the system must additionally be designed so that fault conditions do not interrupt power, but generate a warning.

3) Isolation transformers are also used for the power supply of devices not at ground potential.

Line Filters

A line filter is the kind of electronic filter that is placed between an electronic equipment and a line external to it, to attenuate conducted radio frequencies (RFI), also known ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

115

TECH TRENDS

as electromagnetic interference (EMI) between the line and the equipment. In many applications, a Line Filter is used between the AC power line and the equipment.

Type of Line Filters 1. A Line Filter may be incorporated in a connector.

For example:

● A Line Filter may be incorporated in a modular IEC power inlet connector or Power Entry Module ● A telephone line filter may be incorporated in a modular RJ11 connector 2. A line filter may be mounted on a PCB 3. A line filter may be a stand-alone device, chassis mounted inside the equipment 4. A facility Line Filter is mounted inside a room or cabinet, at the point where the AC power comes from.

Characteristics of Line Filters 1. A line filter may be used to attenuate EMI in either direction.

For example:

● Emissions: It may be used to reduce the unintentional conducted emission from the equipment, to a level sufficiently low to pass regulatory limits (such as FCC part 15). For example, in switching power supplies. ● Immunity: It may be used to reduce the level of EMI entering the equipment, to a level sufficiently low not to cause any undesired behaviour. For example, in equipment used in Radio Transmitter facilities

2. The attenuation of Line filters is measured in 2 areas:

● Common Mode - attenuation of signals that appear identically on

116

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

each of the wires going through the filter ● Differential Mode - attenuation of signals that appear on just one of the lines For each Mode, the attenuation is characterized over the frequency spectrum, and measured in dB

Applications of filters

● The main application in eliminating noise coupling from one circuit to another. ● They are also employed in eliminating harmonics caused due to electronic equipments like SMPS. ● Audio equalizers and crossover networks are two well known applications of filter circuits. ● Used for separating some frequencies within a mixed frequency signal.

Can we substitute isolation transformer for SPD?

There is a common myth regarding isolation transformer that if isolation transformer is used, it will take care of the surge protection also.

But the answer is not true. High frequency chargers utilizing high frequency transformers have the power semiconductors (MOSFETs / IGBTs) exposed to the AC line and thus are more susceptible to AC line disturbances and fluctuations. ● Isolation transformers provide no protection against differential mode surges. Electrostatic shields provide limited protection against common mode fast transients. ● The bulk of the power supply industry utilizes high frequency isolation to take advantage of the compact size and efficiency improvements. The high reliability of these supplies and their corresponding power devices is the main driver behind their

widespread use. ● Almost all motor drives used in industrial plants around the world DO NOT USE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS and utilize high frequency IGBTs directly connected to the rectified AC line. DC isolation chokes provide mitigation of AC line fluctuations while SPDs and advanced controls are used to mitigate AC line surges.

The widespread of these motor drives proves their real world reliability and suitability for even the severest of applications. ● SPDs provide the best protection against lightning and switching surges.

Let’s say that the equipment being served by the isolation transformer is a control panel. HV switching transients, lightning strike, etc., may appear on the incoming control cables.

Will the mains isolating transformer prevent these transients from getting into the rest of the LV installation?

The answer is definitely not. The leading edge of transients contains high frequency components; there is a “parasitic” capacitance across any transformer, which effectively becomes short-circuited to the high frequencies involved (Zc=1/jωC), so the transient is propagated across the transformer.

Conclusion:

Isolation transformers, line filters & SPDs find application depending upon the requirement. One can’t do the job of another. Hence depending upon the type of problems & failures individual or combination of either 2 or all the 3 protective devices have to be used to protect the installation from different kinds of disturbances.

For more information E-mail: jkrishnan@oboindia.com

www.engrreview.com

Uniline EFY Full Page Ad For Sept’11 Issue

Complete Power Continuity Solutions for Uninterruptible Progress

Smarter, Power Efficient Energy Solution from Uniline, makes any enterprise, business houses, manufacturing units & institutions happier. It saves tremedously on Energy Costs in the most significant way while adding value to greener living.

Š ANALYSIS : 011 - 2994 8448 (11 - 2011) ER

So when you choose Uniline Power Solution, not only you save but you add to a better life

Hi POWER

SOLAR ENERGY

UPS

UPTO 1800 KVA

INVERTERS

U N I L I N E E N E R G Y S Y S T E M S ( P V T ) LT D .

Uniline House, Ramesh Market, East of Kailash, New Delhi - 110 065. Tel.: 011 - 4666 1111, 2646 9031, 2646 9108 Fax: 011 - 2648 1469 Branch Offices : Ahmedabad : 99243 70484, Bangalore : 99720 12993, Bhopal : 98260 93707, 98270 68700, Bhubaneswar : 94370 04176, Chandigarh : 92167 63793, Chennai : 99400 49677, 98841 42866, Dehradun : 98972 72449, Jaipur : 98290 60772, Kanpur : 94151 32093, 93368 55700, Kolkata : 94330 33855, 98833 59262, Lucknow: 94152 53766, Mumbai : 98217 55290, Patna : 94311 70756, Raipur : 98267 43048, Ranchi : 94301 45934, Secunderabad : 98491 64048.

uniline@uniline.in

Toll Free: 1800 1022 011

www.unilineindia.com

TECH TRENDS Powered by

T

CG’s 1200 KV transformer development : A success story

opography of India is very peculiar. The generation of the electric power is concentrated in east and north east, whereas the load centers are concentrated mainly in the west and the north, where the large cities and industrial centers are situated.

This requires transmitting the power over very long distances, 1000 km and more. For such distances, the power must be transmitted at ultra high voltages (UHV). UHV reduces the cost of transmission lines and improves efficiency of transmission.

At present, the highest transmission voltage in India under commercial operation is 800 kV. In order to improve the transmission efficiency further, PGCIL was studying the feasibility of 1200 kV system in India. It decided to set up a 1200 kV test station at Bina, where an 1150 kV line of short length would be set up with 1000 MVA transformers in 3X333 MVA formation. Research on 1200 kV system would be done on this experimental line.

Just for records, all over the world, China, Italy, Japan, USA and former USSR are the only countries who have commissioned UHV system. India is the recent addition to the list of countries which have UHV transmission.

CG was the first to sign the MOU with PGCIL for supply of the 333 MVA single phase transformer to PGCIL, and eventually became the first company in India to manufacture and supply India’s first 1200 kV class transformer! Below is the story. The box below shows the brief

118

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

specifications of the transformer.

In the final commercial implementation of 1200 kV system, the transformer would be 3X1000 MVA, with each single phase 1000 MVA transformer having 3 legs with a 333 MVA winding system placed on each one of them. Thus, providing a 333 MVA single phase transformer effectively ensures a life like prototype in terms of electromagnetic, dielectric, thermal and short-circuit conditions.

The specification above is a very tough to realize, and CG, as also the other manufacturers, had huge challenges to tackle in design, manufacture, testing and transportation.

Challenges in design:

333 MVA on 1 core limb is close to upper limit of MVA that can be delivered by any core type transformer. Such huge rating produces very high leakage flux density in and around the windings, which produces thermal and shortcircuit mechanical stresses, that are insurmountable by conventional design methodology. In order to avoid the adverse thermal effect such as hot spots in windings, very special pre-transposed conductors with small strand dimensions were used. Adequate cooling ducts were provided in the windings to allow abundant oil circulation, to bring the hot spot temperature well below dangerous limit.

The tank and the coil clamping structure had to be thoroughly

MVA

:

333

Cooling

:

ODAF, with heat

Phases

:

1

Voltage ratio : 1150/√3/400//√3 / 33 kV

exchangers

Impedance : HV-LV: 18%

LV-TV: 20% minimum

HV-TV: 40% minimum

Test voltages : LI: 2250/1300/250 kVp

SI: 1800 kVp

LDAC: 1.5. Um//√3 kV

shielded by CRGO steel shunts to divert the leakage flux into these shunts. Accurate estimation of the flux in the tank and clamping structure required a computer analysis. The snapshot of the flux in and around the windings is shown below.

Any transformer is expected to withstand short-circuits, and for such a large one, it is really most difficult to achieve the short-circuit strength. Large forces developed in this transformer during short circuits could not be withstood by ordinary winding conductors that are employed conventionally. In order to overcome this problem, special enameled conductors with low-

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

chip™ epoxy bonding had to be used.

In addition, the clamping structure had to be made extremely rigid. The picture below shows the stresses and deflections in the clamping structure.

Adequate safety factors, in line with CG design rules were ensured for windings and the clamping structure.

Cooling of such large transformers has always been an important consideration; keeping the temperature of oil and windings below their safe operating temperature ensures a long and trouble-free life for the transformer. In order to reduce the foot print of the transformer and the cost of making foundation, it was decided not to use radiators but provide compact oil-air heat exchangers, which substantially reduce the foot print for given losses. The cooled oil coming out from these compact coolers was directed on transformer windings, rather than just feeding it into the tank. This facilitated efficient collection of heat developed in the windings. Such a procedure would however lead to an electro-static charging in oil, due to the friction between the moving oil and the windings and insulation thereof. This phenomenon, which has been a cause of failure of some large transformers, can be eliminated only by reducing the oil velocities in the windings below 50 cm/sec. This required special barriers and oil guides in the winding system. www.engrreview.com

For 1200 kV transformers, the most difficult challenge in design is the dielectric design of the transformer, so that the transformer can withstand the severe over-voltages such as lightning and switching impulses during testing and in service.

Most critical aspects in dielectric design are controlling the electric fields at the high voltage lead exit and the control of impulse voltage distribution within the windings.

CG’s established design rules had been implemented in 800 kV class transformers, and it was really a big step to develop and implement the rules for 1200 kV transformers.

Collaborative research carried by our Global R&D and other high voltage companies of international repute was the key to achieve this.

The design and Global R&D teams developed the complete dielectric structure of the windings to ensure very high dielectric strength against the over-voltages. CG has a state of the art analytical capability for calculating the dielectric stresses and strength of transformers.

For ensuring the dielectric strength of the 1200 kV lead exit, help was taken from the leading company manufacturing specialized transformer insulation components,

External clearance : HV-E: 7.3m IV-E: 3.5m TV-E: 0.53m Overall dimensions, m : 10.0L X 9.1B X 15H Total mass : 310 ton Transport dimensions, m: 6.0L X 5.15W X 5.15H Transport mass : 206 ton

and the 1200 kV lead exit system was jointly developed. A schematic view of this system is shown below.

This lead exit system ensured a reliable and partial discharge free routing of the 1200 kV lead from the winding to the bushing.

Making the transformer free of partial discharges was ensured by providing subdivided oil ducts and adequate protection of the electrodes by contouring and careful insulation.

This much about the design.

Whereas design was very critical, the manufacturing and testing of the 1200 kV transformer required special attention and investment.

This transformer represented the largest core diameter and the coils with highest weight and dimensions.

In order to manufacture and process the transformer in the Bhopal plant, CG did a large investment. In order to manufacture and handle the large coils, new winding formers and cranes were installed in the winding bay. Special dust control facility was commissioned in the winding/ assembly area to exclude very tiny dust particles, which can prove lethal to the transformer insulation.

Modifications were carried out to the vapour phase drying plant to accommodate the height of the active part of the transformer.

The drying out of the transformer and processing of the ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

119

TECH TRENDS

oil was done in line with the “OneWorld-Quality” norms which are established and followed in all the CG plants globally. This was a key success factor to make the transformer partial discharge free, and to impart it the necessary dielectric strength.

In the box below, we can see the various physical parameters of the transformer.

CG manufactured this 1200 kV transformer meeting all the stringent quality norms and subjected the transformer in their completely shielded test laboratory at the Bhopal factory. The picture below shows the transformer under test.

The transformer successfully passed all tests. The tests were witnessed by global experts from CG as well as the PGCIL QA. The culmination of everybody’s efforts into a successful testing was really a high point. CG’s, and India’s first 1200 kV transformer was ready for dedicating to the nation.

The transformer was then made ready for transportation and was flagged off to its final destination,

Bina, on 05th December, 2011.

Transporting such a huge weight and bulk on the bad roads from Bhopal to Bina was a challenge in itself; but our partners in transportation boldly negotiated all these challenges and brought the transformer to Bina in time.

CG engineers erected the transformer and made it ready for commissioning from the 400 kV sides, which was available at the Bina substation. The transformer was charged in the presence of the MD of PGCIL on 26 May 2012, and created history. CG made this transformer at its own expense, without any cost to PGCIL, and showed its interest and concern in the development of Indian power system. The transformer is now in service without interruption, and CG and PGCIL are doing a lot of research activities to establish 1200 kV systems for commercial application.

By Vikrant Joshi & Manish Yadav For more information Web: www.cgglobal.com

120

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Pump manufacturer extends the life of their machine tools and reduces downtime by 10%

Mr. K. Senthil Kumar, General Manager, Aquasub Engineering

T

he Renishaw QC20-W ballbar system is widely recognised as a preventative maintenance tool for new and installed machines. Aquasub Engineering (Coimbatore, India), part of the Aqua Group, one of the largest pump manufacturing companies

Powered by

QC20-W wireless ballbar performing a test on an Aquasub Machine

122

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

in Asia, is using QC20-W ballbar to reduce maintenance costs, increase capacity and reduce scrappage.

With an increasing emphasis on Total Productive Maintenance (TPM), Aquasub started looking for solutions and on discovering that Renishaw had launched a new wireless QC20-W ballbar system, decided to get a demonstration. The scope and precision of data given on various machine errors with a QC20-W test amazed them. With up to 18 separate geometric, plug and dynamic errors diagnosed, this gives far more reliable diagnosis than their existing practices.

The demonstration carried out on Aquasub’s machines won their confidence and convinced them that QC20-W ballbar was an essential health check tool for their TPM programme.

Multiple benefits of QC20-W use

To reduce the necessity of purchasing new machines, Aquasub want to maintain their 200 existing machines, many of which are 25 years old. Mr K Senthil Kumar, General Manager, explains, “We would obviously prefer to maintain our old machines and return them to their original condition rather than buying new machines.

This a more cost effective option than investing in new machines.”

“If we extend the life of a machine, the improved performance also reduces machine downtime hours, i.e. keeping our machines more efficient and in good condition, they are rarely down. In fact we have seen a 10% reduction in machine www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

downtime. We strive to be more proactive and have detailed information on each machine so that the operator is aware of the smallest technical issues. In order to extend the life of the machine we are also carrying out regular ongoing tests with QC20-W ballbar. We are now able to carry out 3 plane testing with a single set-up which has reduced our maintenance inspection time by 20%.”

Regular testing is the key

Mr. Kumar continues, “test data from each machine is stored in the Ballbar 20 software history function.

This allows us to schedule machine maintenance, and take remedial action before part quality becomes an issue. If the machines are in good condition then the component quality will have good repeatability.

By incorporating QC20-W into our maintenance program we have significantly reduced scrap and faulty product.”

The QC20-W is even used to test new machines after they are first installed, since damage during shipment from the machine OEM to

Aquasub Senior Managers and Chief Engineers reviewing the QC20-W ballbar system the Aquasub factory could result in faulty components even from brand new machines.

The right tool for the job

Aqua Group has an extensive product range but all are destined for critical applications for agriculture, domestic or industrial water supply. With a capacity to produce 4000 pumps a day, reliability of their 200 machine tools is of crucial importance to maintain deliveries. Aqua Group

Aquasub ‘AQUATEX’ Centrifugual Pump Unit www.engrreview.com

has a policy to continually improve its manufacturing capabilities through enhancement of knowledge, skills, technology development and continual improvement. By implementing a Total Productive Maintenance programme they are ensuring that good quality practices are followed and identify scope for further improvement. Mr Kumar explained, “We used to base our machine performance reliability on an engineer’s word so the potential for human error was high. Now the QC20-W ballbar provides us with overall machine diagnostics (circularity, squareness and backlash) from a single test. All the machine data is stored in Ballbar 20 software and creates a log of information about each machine’s performance that can be reviewed at the time or offline. We are no longer reliant on an engineer’s memory. The Renishaw QC20-W ballbar system is the backbone of our quality system.”

For more information Web: www.renishaw.com/calibration www.aquagroup.in

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

123

TECH TRENDS

HAAS : HE213 Mountain folk are innovative. They have to be! However, the Wyssen family, in the picturesque canton of Bern, Switzerland are more innovative than most. Eighty-five years ago, Jakob Wyssen developed an overhead crane system that’s now the industry standard in timber transportation and, increasingly, bridge construction. Three generations later, his three grand sons are using Haas CNC machine tools to continue the family tradition of inventiveness.

I

Powered by

124

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

n the mid 1920’s Jakob Wyssen bought some land in the mountains near his home in Reichenbach, Switzerland, about two hours or so from Zurich.

The land came with timber.

A lot of timber! Like most of his contemporaries and neighbours at that time, the only way he could get the timber down the mountain to his sawmill was manually, which was heavy, labour-intensive work.

In 1928, Jakob invented the skyline crane – a simple, overhead cable running from the top of the mountain, to the foot. Along the cable, he was able to suspend a wheeled carriage equipped with a load carrier.

The first skyline crane was manually operated. The carriage was dragged to the top of the mountain where a hook could be let down. The load would then travel back down the cable by gravity. It was a simple, but effective labour-saving invention that quickly caught the attention of mountain woodsmen far-and-wide.

In 1940, Jakob eventually mothballed his sawmill and started Wyssen Skyline Cranes, to dedicate his time to manufacture the skyline crane. In 1944, he developed a semi-automatic carriage. Then, ten years later he began making a fully automated version where the carriage can clamp itself to the cable at any point, from where the hook can be lowered, and the load can be winched up, as the carriage begins to move either up or down the

cable. More than 85-years later, the company old Jakob founded is still owned by the Wyssen family and is run by his grandsons: Jürg, Jakob (aka köbi), and Christian. A cousin, Sam, also works alongside the brothers.

Today, Wyssen Seilbahnen AG has 36 employees, 4 of whom are apprentices. Like all mechanical engineering companies all over the world, new recruits are hard to come by, but for the family, Jakob’s ingenuity has provided stimulating and rewarding employment.

The company has two divisions: skyline cranes, and avalanche control systems. The former are built and shipped to customers all over the world, mostly governments or private enterprises managing timber and forestry. “Skyline cranes are very environmentally friendly,” says Jürg, head of engineering. “There’s no need to build or widen roads to get timber down the mountain. The towers have a very small footprint and the load, the timber, travels above the terrain and any obstacles.”

The Wyssen avalanche control division builds an innovation that contributes a growing percentage to the company’s revenues. The avalanche control subsidiary is run by youngest brother Christian, and Sam, the cousin. The Wyssen system uses large, steel towers that are stationed permanently on avalancheprone mountainsides – everywhere from the company’s home region, Continue on page no.126

www.engrreview.com

** DEALERSHIP ENQUIRIES SOLICITED **

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.124

to mountain ranges in Austria and northern Scandinavia.

At the top of a Wyssen tower is a circular container, resembling a tub.

Inside the tub is a cluster of dynamite charges – usually 12, which can be activated remotely to precipitate an avalanche. When the operator presses the button, the 5kg charge drops down on a wire to just above the snow level, where it detonates.

The shock wave dissipates across the snow face causing an avalanche, without damaging the underlying rock.

“Avalanche control blasts are traditionally undertaken from helicopters or by hand, on the ground,” says Jürg. “The former method is expensive, and the latter is dangerous, of course. The Wyssen

126

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

system doesn’t require good weather, which means the avalanche can be triggered at the most opportune moment after a heavy snow fall, usually before skiers, hikers or climbers return to the area.” Wyssen sells its systems to governments and private ski resorts all over the world.

As well as timber and forestry, the skyline crane is also used increasingly on construction projects, including hydroelectric power plants and large span bridges and suspension bridges. The company’s foyer is adorned with photographs of familiar and less-well known structures during construction.

For example: the Norman Foster designed Millennium Bridge over the River Thames, in central London; and The Storebælt Suspension Bridge in Denmark, one of the world’s longest.

Wyssen makes and delivers whole Sky Crane systems, including the carriage, cable, towers, and winches.

The company will deliver a complete system for a project, with or without installation.

“Some carriages have built-in motors to help them lift very heavy loads – up to 20 tons!” says Jürg. “But, on the way down, gravity does a lot of the hard work. They can be very energy efficient.”

A thousand reasons for Haas

Wyssen bought its first Haas CNC machine tool, a VF-4 vertical machining centre, around 6-7 years ago. A year or so later it bought a Super Mini-Mill and a TM-1 Toolroom Mill. A year after that it bought an SL20 CNC turning centre and another Super MiniMill. Since then, the company has continually invested in Haas and today, makes almost all of the parts for its crane and avalanche

control systems in-house.

“We keeps almost all parts in stock,” says Jürg, “even for machines built up to 60-years ago. Wyssen products are built to last!

“Gears are sub-contracted,” he adds, “as are some of the specialist finishes, such as anodising. Grinding, nickel plating, hardening, chroming – is all done outside.”

However, each finished Wyssen skyline crane contains around 1000 parts, so there’s no shortage of work for the Haas machine tools.

“All Wyssen parts are designed in SolidWorks. The programmes are created using Esprit CAM and downloaded straight to the machines.

A typical part batch is 30-off, so quick set-up time is a priority.” Jürg’s aim, he says, is also to try and machine as many parts as possible in ‘one-hit’.

“The Haas plug-and-play rotary table and 4th axis system was another reason we decided to invest in Haas.

The fact that the 4th axis is also built

by Haas was very attractive to us.

It makes life so much easier when you’re setting up. And, there’s never a problem with the interface between the machine and the rotary table.”

The Haas TL-25 has full C-axis, live tooling and sub-spindle, which means parts can be machined on their back-sides, which removes the need for them to be moved to one of the vertical machines for second or third ‘ops’. The anodized hydraulic manifold block is machined on the

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Haas VF-4 in two set-ups, both using the Haas 4th axis rotary table. Batch sizes are usually 30 parts, each of which takes around an hour of machining.

For some parts, switching between machines is unavoidable.

Batches of 50 of a heavy, steel component around 30cm in length are turned on the SL-20 or the TL25, before a cross-hole in each is machined on the VF-4. The final operation is the groove, which is also made on the TL-25. The live tooling and the sub-spindle on the TL-25 are used, for example, to bore split pins and to mill studs and special screws.

“The most difficult and technically challenging part we make on the Haas machines is the choker,” says Jürg, “which has challenging geometries, tight tolerances and is made from high-strength steel. It’s milled on the VF-4, also in two set-ups, also using the 4th axis.”

Haas machines are distributed and supported in Switzerland by the Haas factory Outlet (HFO) owned and operated by URMA AG, a well-

www.engrreview.com

known manufacturer of metal cutting tools and tool holders.

Jürg and his brothers first saw the Haas machines at the Prodex show in Basel, Switzerland.

“The head of our machine shop at the time was dead-set on another make of machine tool, also from the US. However, when we were ready to buy, I contacted URMA about the machines I’d seen in Basel. I discovered that a Haas machine with the same spec’ as the machine our shop manager wanted would cost half as much!”

Another family member with a nearby machine shop already had a Haas machine. Jürg contacted him and asked him what he thought. “He told me that in 7 years of using the machine every day, he hadn’t had a single problem. That made up my mind.”

Founder Jakob Wyssen’s original profession, Skyline Cranes, still accounts for around 65% of the company’s turnover, and growing markets including Chile and Eastern Europe will help ensure that probably remains the case for a few years to come. But, with the

three brothers and their cousin at the helm, and a shop full of Haas machines, new innovations like the avalanche control system will play an increasingly important part in the company’s future. The Wyssen founder’s namesake, Jakob junior (aka köbi) gives the final verdict on the Haas machines: “They allow us to produce the parts we need quickly,” he says. “Because they are similar, and use similar controls, we need very few people to operate them. Since it’s difficult to find machine operators in this area, that’s an advantage for us.

It means we can make everything in-house with simple to operate, reliable machines that are very well supported by URMA, the local Haas Factory Outlet. I think my grandfather would have chosen Haas.”

Powered by

For more information Web: www. HaasCNC.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

127

TECH TRENDS

Screw drive innovations One tool for everything : Online service life calculation, configuration and ordering / TR-Disc for zero backlash

i Powered by

gus invests heavily in its product ranges.

This commitment is paying off particularly in the business field of linear technology. Here, igus now has the largest standard range of gliding screw drives available. With the TRDisc, igus is showcasing its innovative strength once again: trapezoidal lead screw nuts can now be fitted with zero backlash thanks to an additional product.

The long service life of the lubricant-free igus screw drives can be checked by anyone at any time: the online tool for screw drives is service life calculation, configuration and

shop function in one. This reduces complexity during product selection, increases the reliability of processes for customers and guarantees fast delivery times.

As a tribo-polymer company, igus stands for dry running plastic components which move machines – either in rotation or linearly. So it was obvious that plastic solutions would be developed for screw drives as well at some point. Screw drives turn a rotary movement into a translatory one.

Unlike metallic threads, the igus plastic nuts run completely Continue on page no.130

Picture PM0613-01: igus GmbH, Cologne igus allows you to check the long service life of plastic screw drives: The service life of all items in the drylin product range can be calculated online. And that’s not all - the new online tool helps users to find, configure and subsequently to order the product they are looking for.

128

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.128 lubrication-free on trapezoidal or steep thread spindles.

Research program promotes innovations

igus has been developing and testing friction-optimised products purely for linear technology for around 15 years. The company is always looking to improve materials and solutions even further. In order to increase potential in the field of screw drives as well, around 1000 preliminary and 250 endurance tests have been carried out every year at 15 test stations.

The wear and efficiency rate of materials and products are investigated. The results are recorded in a large database and integrated in new materials and product ideas: While igus started out in the field of screw drives with simple trapezoidal threads, the company now has a large range of trapezoidal and steep threads available.

There are no less than ten different plastics for nuts and three different spindle materials – steel, stainless steel and aluminium – available. Alongside standard nuts with or without flange, extremely low-backlash systems have also been developed. In the past two years, the anti-backlash function for trapezoidal threads and the zerobacklash function for steep threads have been added.

“We are happy to deliver the complete system, spindle and nut.

These are also available as a FDAconform version for clean rooms or as high-temperature variants – all from a single source. This saves customers time and costs,” Stefan

130

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Niermann, head of the Linear Technology Division, says, explaining the portfolio.

The TR-Disc for zero-backlash fitting

The Cologne-based polymer company now has the most comprehensive range of gliding screw drives available and is continually introducing new types due to the great interest in lubricant-free plastic screw drives and increasing customer requirements. The newly developed trapezoidal thread disc (TR-Disc) for the zero-backlash setting of the nuts during fitting is just one example of igus’ innovative strength.

The functional principle is as simple as it is effective: two nuts are braced against one another. The manually set state is then fixed by screwing. The TR-Disc has long holes which allow the fitter to align the set position exactly to the counternut.

This makes the TR-Disc a low-price, easy-to-handle solution for setting backlash on trapezoidal threads. As a positive technical side effect, the TR-Disc lengthens the thread and strengthens the flange. The result – greater load-bearing capacity with the same spindle size.

One tool for everything – calculation, configuration and ordering

igus allows you to check the long service life of plastic screw drives: the service life of all products can be calculated online. This is where the igus research programme pays off lucratively. It saves users having to carry out lengthy tests. In addition to service life calculation, the online tool helps users to find and configure

the products they need.

The procedure is simple: The required parameters such as thread size, load and speed are entered in the mask on the screen; spindle material, steep or trapezoidal thread can also be specified if required.

Then the online tool sorts the results according to maximum service life, price, torque or size – depending on users’ priorities. As soon as configuration of the desired product has been completed, one mouse click is all it takes to trigger the order.

“Product finding, configuration, service life calculation and ordering.

All the requirements of technical designers can be met by a single tool,” Niermann says, underlining the benefits of the igus tool.

The new online tool is available 24/7 and does not require previous registration. Delivery times for standard products are around 24 hours. In addition, it is possible to configure and request customised dimensions for nuts and spindles.

Powered by

For more information Web: www.igus.in

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

The revolutionary super resolution technology for high-resolution thermal images from Testo

A

ll objects warmer than minus 273 degrees centigrade (absolute zero) emit infrared heat radiation which cannot be seen by human eye.

Thermal Imagers, however, can convert this infrared radiation into electrical signals and present them as a thermal image. The heat radiation is thus made visible for the human eye.

Powered by

Thermography finds applications in:

● Electrical Maintenance for poor connections, unbalanced loads, etc ● Preventive Mechanical Maintenance of motors, compressors, pulleys, etc

● Quality Assurance & Production Monitoring ● Variable High Temperature Measurement ● Building diagnostics

● Automotive Climate R & D Testing

In many industrial or trade applications, it is necessary to reliably thermograph even the smallest or extremely distant measuring objects.

In such cases, the better the image resolution and the more readings in the thermal image, the more detailed and clearer the representation of the measuring object. And especially when you need to measure from great distances in your application, high resolution image quality is indispensable. Because the more you can see in the thermal image, the better is your analysis.

With the revolutionary SuperResolution technology from Testo, you improve the image quality of your testo thermal imager by one class in no time. Four times more measurement values and a geometric resolution improved by a factor of 1.6 mean for you even more details, even more security in your measurement and better analysis as well. For example 160 x 120 pixels are turned Continue on page no.134

Figure 1: Thermal Images from Testo Thermal Imager

132

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.134 Testo’s SuperResolution technology combines two well-known recognized methods: 1) Super Sampling

Figure 2 : The image on the left shows a thermal image with 320 x 240 pixels; the image on the right shows a Super Resolution thermal image with 320 x 240 pixels (corresponds to 640 x 480 pixels) into 320 x 240 pixels at once with a simple firmware upgrade in your testo imager. This means simply better thermography on systems with Testo SuperResolution upgrade.

This innovation from Testo uses the natural movement of your hand, and records several images, slightly offset to each other, very quickly one after the other. These are then calculated into one image using an algorithm.

This allows you to take thermographic measurements easily, quickly and reliably at a great distance, for example using the large rotatable display and optional telephoto lens of the testo 876 – and to analyze the even more detailed SuperResolution thermal images precisely and conveniently on a PC. The Testo SuperResolution technology makes it possible to de-

pict more real temperature measurements without using a large detector, and thus to correctly measure smaller measuring objects. It provides four times more readings – comparable with a higher detector resolution.

This is not a simple interpolation procedure, such as bilinear or bicubic interpolation, in which artificial intermediate values are generated without obtaining additional information. Such artificially generated values can never exceed the neighboring values. In contrast, SuperResolution increases the measurement resolution and the level of detail. Real readings are therefore calculated, which are comparable with the photo taken by an imager with a higher detector resolution. The geometric resolution of the SuperResolution thermal image is clearly improved.

2) Deconvolution Super Sampling technology uses the natural hand movements and takes multiple image very rapidly one after another.

The ‘deconvolution’ process improves the image quality through the calculation of the imaging properties of the lens with the thermal image.

Testo superresolution technology in a nutshell :

● Improves the image quality of your Testo thermal imagers by one class with a mere firmware upgrade ● More correct & real temperature measurements without using a large detector ● Four times as many readings in the thermal image - Geometric resolution (IFOVgeo) of the thermal image improved by a factor of 1.6

● Measurable objects are 1.6 times smaller (IFOVmeas) ● Far more details for PC-based analyses and thus qualitatively and quantitatively improved evaluation options in the thermography report Powered by

Figure 3: Testo SuperResolution Technology

134

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

For more information Testo India Pvt. Ltd. E-mail: info@testoindia.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Industrial Automation & Robotics

By Professor R. Sreedaran

I

n order to obtain a desired highest form of quality in the manufacturing process, we require a highest form of automation. The highest form of automation requires a combination of all available technologies and along with modern computers with suitable programmes, which can be used to form and manufacture materials, components and processes with zero defect.

The human operator and human skills, though cannot be replaced, cannot give a consistent high quality production with zero defect due to fatigue, boring nature of the repetitive work, etc. Robots are defined as “A Reprogrammable Multifunctional manipulator designed to move materials, parts, tools or specialized devices, through variable programmed motions for

www.engrreview.com

Image Curtsey : KUKA ROBOTICS

The present day tools, computer, suitable programmes and utilising robots will ensure that we get a desired and correct automation. Ultimately a meaningful automation in machine tool industry and other related industries would increase productivity and quality.

a variety of tasks”. Today’s robots follow intelligence, and co-ordinated movements as dictated by the special The various types of CNC technologies and integrated machine tools have enhanced the quality and quantity of production. In this article we briefly refer to the various manufacturing processes that need full fledged automation.

The common processes are :

● Assembly ● Joining/Welding ● Machine Assembly

Multiple transfer line with various components in the process of assembling pumps, electric motors, engines, white goods, compressors assembly require a meaningful automation. For example, a pump ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

135

Image Curtsey : KUKA ROBOTICS

TECH TRENDS

assembly requires assembly of the following components namely shaft, impeller, bearings, casing and inserting all the components sequentially and complete the total assembly. This process requires identification of the parts, and the tolerance of the parts so that the best pump assembly is made.

With adoptive technology, high precision sensors, a robot which is programmed, will do the pick and place motion properly and ensure that absolute quality controlled components are used for the assembly of the desired machine or product.

Today’s technology has ensured that this kind of automation ensures zero defect products.

This kind of automation, which can be done with Robots, has reduced the rejection and improved the consumer satisfaction to the maximum level.

2. Metal Forming

Metal forming plays a vital role in casting, extrusion, forging, deep drawing and drawing operations which are essential for further processing to desired product shape which becomes the raw

136

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

material for final product. The above process is done in a humid, hot and difficult environment operation for the normal human being. In the robotic automation process the above operations can be done with specialised equipment, which will eliminate the human intervention.

These when done with advanced automation techniques ensure a better quality product in mass production. The main advantage is larger production and quality production.

The products in this process are engine components, pump components, etc.

3. Welding:

One of the most important processes is joining of metals.

Today’s technology involves welding as a major joining process. Continuous welding consumables like wire and wire-flux combinations have made the process suitable for automation.

4. Grinding :

Specialised welding robots with suitable sensors ensure 100% quality welding along with testing procedures. This ensures again a zero defect product. This is possible due to latest welding automation technology.

Grinding is the finishing process to give the correct tolerance in the components for assembly purpose.

The machine tool automation technology ensures that the sensors and suitable techniques achieve the desired level of ground finish.

This article just describes the process where meaningful automation can help to achieve the desired results.

These can be achieved by selecting 1. Correct type of sensors.

2. Correct type of holding equipment 3. Correct type of monitoring and feedback equipment 4. Online process monitoring and corrective system

5. A proper layout and process flow chart

6. A detailed study of all the process parameters 7. An analytical approach with a simulation of the process.

The present day tools, computer, suitable programmes and utilising robots will ensure that we get a desired and correct automation.

Ultimately a meaningful automation in machine tool industry and other related industries would increase productivity and quality.

The author is currently a faculty member of the Atharva College of Engineering, Mumbai, teaching engineering and environment releated subjects.

He has a combined industrial experience of nearly 4 decades, having worked with giant engineering company like Ador Welding, L&T and Tata Steel.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Powered by

Maximising machine shop productivity through effective metal working lubrication solutions

W

Shankar Karnik, Asia Pacific Mobil SHC Brand Manager, ExxonMobil Lubricants Private Limited

hether a manufacturing company specialises in producing nuts and bolts, complex gear sets or high precision valves, keeping its equipment running efficiently is the key to profitability. Lubrication plays an integral role in reducing friction between critical rotating or moving machine tool components, which can translate into equipment durability and availability. To help ensure that the machine tool runs smoothly, it is important to choose a combination of high-quality lubricants – slideway oils, water soluble cutting fluids and neat cutting oils.

Slideway oils : Poorly formulated slideway oils may not separate readily from aqueous coolants. This can result in the formation of ‘tramp oil’ which can compromise the effectiveness of the coolant by shortening its effective life and adversely altering cutting performance. Tramp oil can also lead to bacterial growth resulting in foul odour, short service life and potential health and safety concerns.

To identify high performance slide way oil, maintenance professionals should seek out products with the following performance characteristics:

● Outstanding frictional properties which enable increased machine accuracy and reduced chatter and stick-slip ● Exceptional coolant separability – which enhances the performance and life of water based metal working fluids One product that meets these requirements is the Mobil Vactra Oil Numbered Series of slideway oils, which have a proven track record in service.

Water soluble cutting fluids

To optimise productivity it is very important to choose technologyleading aqueous coolants. The highest performing coolants can provide reduced maintenance requirements

138

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

by resisting biological attack which helps to extend batch life. Ease of maintenance needs to be balanced with good machining performance as well as protecting the machine tools and work pieces from corrosion and sticky deposits. In addition, the fluids should meet the latest Health and Safety regulations and be easy to monitor and maintain in service.

Collectively, these properties will help deliver long service life, excellent cutting performance and reduced maintenance downtime. The new Mobilcut series from ExxonMobil, comprising milky emulsions, high performance micro-emulsions and a fully synthetic grinding fluid, are cutting fluids designed to offer long service life, good operator acceptability and easy waste management.

The high performance, long life semisynthetic cutting fluids in particular have been designed to meet the wide variety of applications and operations found in medium to small sized machine shops where flexibility, inventory management and machine downtime are of paramount importance.

Neat cutting oils : Neat or straight cutting oils are used in applications which are beyond the typical performance profile of aqueous coolants, such as tapping and threading of high alloy steels. Properly formulated products can improve machining in high speed automated machining centres through outstanding cutting performance, reduced tool wear and enhanced surface finish.

Maintenance professionals should seek products that:

● Are light coloured to allow clear visibility of the workpiece ● Have low misting characteristics to help workplace safety and product usage ● Are chlorine free to support environmental concerns, while balancing with a high degree of lubricity and machining performance

Specially designed to meet the increasing demands of today’s sophisticated machining centres, tooling trends and health and safety regulations, the Mobilmet series of cutting oils and the new series of Mobilgrind grinding oils from ExxonMobil have been developed for applications where excellent surface finish, high precision machining and improved productivity are the primary objectives.

Maximising Productivity

As well as utilising high quality metal working fluids, manufacturing companies should also incorporate an oil and equipment monitoring programme in order to maximise productivity. Oil analysis is a series of tests that help determine the condition of internal parts and in-service lubricants. With this information the useful lives of both equipment and oil can be extended by identifying early warning signs such as contamination and wear, which can help minimise unscheduled maintenance. For maintenance professionals that want to implement an effective oil analysis programme that can save both time and money, ExxonMobil offers its proprietary online Signum Oil Analysis programme.

With a few keystrokes, users can manage all their oil analysis needs including:

● Updating equipment registrations and selecting analysis options based on their equipment or maintenance needs ● Tracking the status of samples at the lab ● Directing actions based on analysis results and requesting sample kits ● Sharing critical results with colleagues in a secure, password protected environment By following the suggestions provided above, businesses can help enhance overall efficiency and maximise productivity.

Web: www.mobilindustrial.com www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

How to choose the best electrical CAD software for your needs Choosing the right electrical CAD software is crucial, but making a qualified decision can be tough for the firsttime user. Below we take a look at what you can gain, and what you should demand, from your new electrical CAD software

T

oday, even in larger companies, you can experience that the electrical documentation only exists as traditional paper drawings. Changes in the production line is probably added by hand - that is if the electrical engineer could find room for it on the paper, when the changes were made.

The rest of the electrical documentation is in his head, and most likely this has functioned quite well for several years. But the problem is what happens when he is no longer in the company. Maybe he retires, maybe he gets another job who knows?

When this happens both the employer and the new electrical engineer have a problem.

Tough start for new employees

142

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

It is close to an impossible task for the new employee to get a survey of the documentation, which might consist of meter after meter of bookshelves stuffed with paper drawings of wiring diagrams and other electrical schematics: ● Which changes have been made since the documentation was originally created? ● Which „specialities“ should be taken into consideration? ● Are all of the schematic references and all of the bills-of-materials uptodate? ... etc. Loads of valuable information will be lost for good, and lots of manhours will be spent regaining lost knowledge.

Increased security with electrical CAD

In the scenario above, it is far more accessible for a new employee to get a survey of an electronic documentation, which can be updated and printed continuously, and where comments can be attached to the electrical documentation without making a mess. Along with this increased security and quality, there are huge amounts of time to save by using a good electrical CAD software, which for instance can update all electrical schematic references, update all kinds of lists, and fill out ordering requisitions automatically.

Difficult to get an overview?

One of the reasons why much electrical documentation only exists on paper, is that it can be difficult to get an overview of what to demand of a good electrical CAD software for electrical documentation.

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Furthermore it is difficult to see exactly which needs you have for the moment, and to foresee what you will be needing in the future.

The aim with this text is to make it easier to make a qualified decision about which electrical CAD software is the right for you in your situation.

Therefore we try to give some basic guidelines for what you could reasonably demand of a good electrical CAD software.

Reasonable demands for electrical CAD softwares

Basically it is not a good idea to rush out and buy an electrical CAD software, just to keep paste with the rapid modern development. Such a decision matures over a period of perhaps a year, and all involved parties must be able to realise that the investment actually pays of for the company.

When you choose your coming electrical CAD, it is important to stick to the point that it is you and your needs that specifies the demands for what the new system should be able to do. Having said this, it is a good idea to have an open mind, and be open to the new working methods and possibilities some of the programs offer. A good electrical CAD software should set the user free to concentrate on the professional aspects, and at the same time utilise what the computer is good at - namely the time-consuming trivial tasks.

This gives the electrical professionals a better survey, and liberates them from spending valuable time on for instance filling out components lists and bills of materials.

A reason for not buying an electrical CAD, is that people find it too

The trivial tasks that the program should handle mainly falls in two categories: Filling out lists and

When is the right time to get started with electrical CAD?

Is the electrical CAD software too expensive?

www.engrreview.com

expensive. Most people imagine that they neither have the money nor the resources for creating proper electrical documentation in a CAD program. But the expenses by not doing so, instead occurs as a more troublesome error finding, longer stops in the production, poorer maintenance of the electrical documentation, spending too many man-hours creating the documentation - and a much longer starting period for new electrical professionals.

However, there will naturally be a transition period while getting used to the new software. In this period you will not have the full benefit of the increased production rate.

Automatic updating of lists

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

143

TECH TRENDS

automatic support of drawing functions. A major advantage is achieved if component manufacturer databases with electrical symbols have been created for the program.

This makes it possible to draw the electrical schematics by use of the symbols from the databases, and then let the program fill out parts lists, components lists, cable lists, terminal lists and PLC lists automatically.

Beyond the huge amount of time saved by not having to type in this information yourself, you also get the security that you know that you have not entered incorrect component information. You are also sure that you order the correct amount of components each time.

Automatic support of electrical drawing functions

The other major area is about automatic support of drawing functions and about references, which makes it possible to keep the survey of the documentation, and fulfil the current documentation regulations.

Here you can for instance get help by automatic naming of symbols and their connection points, automatic wire numbering, support of mounting correct drawing, automatic linedrawing, design check, reference designations, automatic replacement of symbols in the entire project, and on-line update of references between symbols in the documentation - and many other features for electrical CAD. To check these automatic functions you should get a demo version of the different programs on the market, and try for yourself how easy - or difficult - it is to use them when creating documentation.

In some of the programs you will

144

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

find that they function logically and clearly, following common Windows standards, and that you only need a few mouse clicks to activate the commands. In others you might have to specify lots of complex settings in more than one menu, or even have to type in commands yourself.

This is specially important, because we are talking about routines you maybe have to repeat hundred times a day. In this connection you should also check if you can define your own single key short-cuts easily.

Does the program follow the general technical development?

Furthermore it is important that the development of the program continuously follows the general technical development. This general technical development covers a wide range of areas, such as making proper use of the facilities in the newest releases of Windows, enhanced integration with other programs, support of the electrical design drawing standards, and improving of the drawing and structuring facilities in the program.

As a general rule you can say that the electrical CAD software must have a comprehensive update once a year to follow the technical development. It is therefore also an important economical parameter whether you can get upgrades of the program for a reasonable price.

However, this does not mean that you can not create electrical documentation with a two-year old documentation program. You will always be able to edit and print out the created documentation, have lists updated automatically etc.

Even though you do not update your

program, you will still be able to create proper documentation.

But if the program you choose is not updated regularly, this means that you will not be able to work as quickly and effectively as your competitors on the market.

Electrical CAD features in the next version Many software producers will promise you that the next version of their software will be available tomorrow, and that it will contain all the hundred extra facilities you have always dreamt of. In the real world, software products can be years behind schedule. In stead of focusing on what the producer claims will come, you can therefore focus on which extra facilities have already been added to the program in its last two versions.

This gives you a good idea of the quality of the resources that are put into the development of the program.

In the next version you could then reasonably expect to get just as many extra facilities, as were released in any of the previous two. The interval between the upgrades also tells you when you could probably expect the next version of the program.

Therefore ask the reselling agent of the program for information about of which functions have been added in the last two versions, and when these two versions were released.

This gives you concrete information about the general development of the electrical CAD software - and not just wishful thinking of what might happen in the next version of the program.

However, if the reselling agent does not have this information, you could check whether you could find it on the www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

homepage of the company producing the program, or by contacting the company directly.

Supporting IEC/EN standards

These years there are a lot of focus on supporting the international standards in electrical documentation.

In most European countries - and especially in the European Union lots of electrical standards are being updated and effectuated for the moment. It is therefore important that the electrical design software supports these EU electrical drawing standards, and that it is flexible enough also to support you in following other standards. In order to do so, the company developing the program must have detailed knowledge of the existing standards.

If you are not sure this is the case, you could do one of three things: Ask the reselling agent about material on standards, visit the website of the developing company for information, or send an email directly to the developing company and request for information about standards. If the developing company does not take your request seriously and mail back information, you might be better of buying your software elsewhere.

Integration with other programs, Viewer and PDF

A part of the program development will be increased integration with other programs. This is because it is very important how the program interacts with the other programs in your company.

Here you can save even more time if the software for instance can:

Export data to the applied storage

www.engrreview.com

management program ● Exchange files with the plc programming tool ● Import AutoCAD files (DWG/DXF files) intelligently ● Export AutoCAD files ● Send information to the applied wire numbering tools and component label tools.

Companies with contact to other countries must further examine whether the program supports translation of texts to other languages. Also, it should be possible to send a free project Viewer along with a documentation project, so that customers can view and print out the electronic version of the documentation without having to purchase a program license for themselves. If the software can save as PDF, this can also solve the problem. But please examine if the generated PDF files also contains active links between the symbols in the documentation, so that the customer navigate properly in the documentation.

The flexibility of the software developers Another aspect is the flexibility of the program developers.

This flexibility can vary a great deal from company to company, and is basically a question of company style or culture. Some companies pay great attention to their worldwide customers, and try to incorporate their suggestions in the next version of the program. If you sent an email to a company with this culture, they would ask you interested questions, and advice you how to get what you want until the next version is released. For smaller, but important, details they might even create an update of the current version for

your benefit. Other companies are more difficult to get in dialogue with.

Programs developed by smaller versus bigger companies

Another aspect is whether the program is developed by a smaller or by a bigger company. This could have impact on what you think the chances are that the program will still be updated ten years from now.Most people consider programs developed in bigger companies to give a better guarantee of the future existence of the program. Mainly because bigger companies usually have the most money.

On the other hand, bigger companies can sometimes have to make some very harsh decisions because of the interests of their share holders - such as when a large US company closed down their electrical CAD-program.

In smaller companies the software developers could also be the company owners, who would give their right arm to keep the program running. You could also ask yourself how important a customer are you in a bigger company, compared to how important you are in a smaller company. An alternative approach could be to take a look at how long time the company have already existed? Five years, ten years, or more than twenty years? This is always a good thing to check.

Getting qualified employees

Furthermore it is important that training in the software can be given on demand, and that it is possible to get a proper hot-line service when you start using the program, and if you run into difficulties. It could also ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

145

TECH TRENDS

be important whether it is possible to get qualified employees. Is it for instance possible to get consultant aid from the outside, who are capable of creating parts of the documentation in the chosen program. And what happens if you choose one company the one time, and another company the other. Will both companies then be able to maintain the documentation properly?

Cooperating with the vendor

Often buying the program is one thing, and what happens after the purchase is a completely different story. Here it is important to find a credible program vendor, who is interested in your needs.

Does it suddenly turn up that you have to purchase extra modules for the program in order to make partslists, graphical terminal plans, automatic wire numbering, or to document hydraulics, pneumatics and electrical installations?

Or to draw mechanical assembly drawings to see how much room they take up? Or does it suddenly turn up that you have to pay extra to get functions, which you thought were included in the first place?

It is therefore always a good idea to ask others in the same situation how they have been treated, and whether their program vendors have been responding positively to their needs - also after the deal has been closed.

Cost-free correction of program errors Because of the rapid technical development, no computer programs on the market are a 100 percent error free. It is therefore a good idea to ask what will happen if you meet an error in the program.

146

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The reaction of the program vendor might give you a hint of how the future cooperation will work out: ● Is it a minor or a major error?

● Do you get a propper work- around, so that you can get a solution here and now? ● Will the program developers then correct the error and update your program for free?

● Or do you have to wait for the next version of the program, which you will not be able to get before the end of next year? ● Do you then have to pay for the corrected version?

Get a free electrical CAD demonstration

All serious vendors on the market will furthermore offer you a free demonstration of the program. It is a good idea to make use of this offer, and get the opportunity to discuss your needs with a professional.

Here you can see which options the different programs offer - and find out for yourself whether you can use it in your situation. Alternatively, you can get a free demo program, with proper guidance and documentation, so that you can test the program thoroughly yourself.

Choose the right electrical CAD the first time

Finally it is important to test the available programs on the market, and make sure that you pick the right program the first time. This is very important, because you can not necessarily transfer electrical

documentation from one program to another. All the man-hours spent on documenting in the wrong program can therefore be wasted.

Buying the wrong program and spending the double amount of time creating the documentation, will also be a waste of money. It is in other words important to check out the various program vendors and check whether they meet your requirements.

Well, the next step is just to get started. Good luck!

A. Venkatakrishnan

For more information PC I SCHEMATIC A/S Bygaden 7 4040 Jyllinge Denmark Tel : +45 4678 8244 India: Please contact Indian Market Consultant A. Venkatakrishnan E-mail: venkat@pcschematic.in for demo, support and training Web: www.pcschematic.com

www.engrreview.com

Electrical CAD software - With thousands of trained professionals in India

When you need to choose the best electrical CAD software for your electrical documentation, please consider the fact that thousands of professionals all over India are already certified users of the electrical CAD software PC|SCHEMATC Automation.

Please contact A. Venkatakrishnan for further information.

Get free demo version at www.pcschematic.in

PC|SCHEMATIC Market Consultant in India: A.Venkatakrishnan / venkat@pcschematic.in / +91 988 654 0077

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

149

| June 2013

ISO 9001

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

154

| June 2013

I N D U S T R Y U P D A T E TECHNOLOGY •

Implementing the precision measurement options

156

•

Hard turning : Understanding the significance

158

•

Match cutting tools for maximizing efficiency

160

•

Evaluating the trends in bar feeding

162

TECH TRENDS

Implementing the precision measurement options QC professionals are faced with measurement requirements that call for increased accuracies and tighter tolerances, especially when inspecting small medical components. As video measurement options continue to advance to meet these challenges, a careful examination of non-contact systems will be helpful in selecting the best solution.

M

anufacturers have several choices for noncontact measurement and inspection of small parts in high volume production operations. QC professionals are faced with measurement requirements that call for increased accuracies and tighter tolerances, especially when inspecting small medical components.

As video measurement options continue to advance to meet these challenges, a careful examination of non-contact systems will be helpful in selecting the best solution.

Optical comparators

The optical comparator is a machine that inspectors rely on because of its ease of use and track record.

Comparators are used for a range of dimensional inspection applications.

When working with a larger volume of parts, inspectors will find comparators useful for checking every “nth” part for radius, angles, location of specific features and so on to ensure production accuracy. In addition, comparators are especially useful for inspecting features on tooling.

This tried and true inspection solution is well-known for its significant capabilities and durability as an industry “workhorse.”

It is especially useful for shop environments because of its ability to withstand contaminants including oil, water, dirt, dust and so on. Further, optical comparators are economical and, if serviced well, can perform for

156

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

many years. It is not unusual to see the same comparator on the shop floor for 30 years or more.

Comparators provide a combination of excellent image quality coupled with a range of features, which include superb optics, readout devices, software interfaces, geometric measuring capabilities and screens that range in size from 12 inches all the way to 40 inches. Light path options are offered in horizontal or vertical orientations, as determined by the application. In recent years, many optical comparators are configured with optical edge detection and advancements in microprocessor capability.

The latest comparators are full CNC so the systems can be programmed to measure a part without manual intervention. Today’s comparators do not need to be solely dedicated to one particular process, as programs can be changed accordingly for inspecting different parts. The use of overlays can add some functionality to optical comparators for a go/nogo result. With overlays, inspectors can check complex geometry on parts, including threads on bone screws. However, overlays have limited advantages, and inspectors should be cautioned to watch for overlay associated problems, such as traceability, storage, calibration and operator subjectivity. The optical video adapter is an adapter for the comparator that allows traditional optical comparators to be converted into manual video measuring systems

by replacing the comparator lens with the new camera-based, video zoom package.

This optical-to-video adapter uses the same quick-change bayonet mount that an operator would use to change from a 10× lens to a 50× lens, with no tools required. In essence, it provides a quick, simple, cost effective entry to newer video measuring technology. This will allow users to obtain excellent surface illumination at substantially higher magnifications than would normally be possible with comparators. Further, if a company has a coordinate measuring machine and requires performance enhancements, it could consider optimizing its current system with an optical video probe.

Vision systems

Simple benchtop video measurement systems powered by a PC and independent motion control systems are an excellent choice for many applications. These systems are extremely versatile and are widely used in a variety of production environments.

They are fully programmable and offer efficient solutions for walk-up measuring (single feature analysis of a few parts), and they are especially useful for measuring volume lots for production applications.

Vision measuring applications can be simple or complex, and a measuring capability of less than 10 percent of allotted tolerance is common. They are fast and reliable www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

and, at the same time, offer small footprints and affordability. If an application demands brighter surface illumination and higher magnification, a manual vision system should be considered.

Compact manual vision systems are available, with live video camera feed and automatic edge detection via digital readouts. This type of system is a video-based measurement system for general purpose quality assurance inspection, manufacturing and R&D non-contact measurement applications. It is a natural upgrade from a comparator, without the complexity of PC-based software.

Vision systems offer excellent surface illumination and the versatility of a zoom lens with magnification ranging from 10Ă— to 240Ă—. Inspectors that know how to use a comparator generally find a manual vision system easy to learn. Features that inspectors find especially useful are image archival with the ability to add text and upload data to a flash memory device. Also, the digital readout adds an excellent advantage by providing video edge detection that automatically detects and targets edge points.

This is achieved easily by scanning the image area within a circle around the crosshairs on the display, eliminating operator subjectivity. For high volume applications that require significant throughput and repeatability, especially when inspecting complicated parts, automated vision systems are invaluable. Automation removes operator subjectivity essential when working within very tight tolerances.

Multi-sensor

As components, especially medical, trend toward miniaturization, nonwww.engrreview.com

standard shapes and increased precision, the need for multi-sensor measuring systems is on the rise. In many cases, demanding applications can be more reliably measured on single systems that feature vision, touch probe and laser functions.

Multi-sensor systems are flexible, enabling companies to do a variety of measurement work with one system. They do, however, require a higher level of training. For parts with complex, contoured 3D features, laser sensing can be a good choice.

This method provides an extensive set of data points that more precisely define a complex shape. A touch probe can work well for large parts with many recesses. However, when a touch probe will not reach critical areas, and/or when fine detail and magnification is essential, video is the best solution. The newest multi-sensor systems include large capacity vision systems featuring enhanced designs for increased performance to provide stability and high accuracy.

Designs include a massive granite base, and bridge and airbearing ways for superior machine stability and precision. Transports are driven by high speed (as much as 30 inches per second), zero maintenance, balanced linear motors, which are close-looped to precision high resolution scales on all three axes. In addition, exceptionally precise mid-size systems offer extra space and enhanced support for multi-sensor attachments.

Custom metrology

For medical manufacturers especially, there is more pressure to introduce enhanced new products with narrower time-to-market windows.

These demands are driving new measuring technology to meet challenges of product engineering and production requirements. Custom Optical & Vision Metrology systems have become a popular solution for demanding measurement and inspection requirements.

Large and small manufacturers have experienced fast returns on the investment in time and capital necessary to find a supplier, determine an effective design and implement an optical measuring system that has been engineered and built for their specific requirements. However, the results can be disappointing if the potential risks are not mitigated by diligent management throughout the project from conception to implementation.

Future Prospects

Video measurement applications will continue to evolve at a steady pace in the future, so it always behooves users to stay abreast of the latest technological advances. Intuitive systems that require minimal measurement programming, systems with higher resolution field of view measuring capabilities and an increase in automated inspection solutions are on the horizon.

These solutions are a clear outgrowth of the industry’s trend toward inspection of more complex miniature components, the need to remove operator error or subjectivity and to increase accuracy and throughput. From comparators to vision and multi-sensor systems and even custom solutions using hybrid technologies, there are many ways to apply video/optical measurement and inspection.

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

157

TECH TRENDS

Hard turning : Understanding the significance Hard turning is often considered a replacement for grinding operations or as a pre-grinding process. Hard turning is most often performed on post-heat treated parts with surface hardness ranging from 45HRC to 68HRC or even higher. The process of hard turning shares many fundamentals with its “soft turning” sibling. can be learned, most machinists and programmers today will have an easier time absorbing the hard turning process compared with grinding.

Application Accuracy

H

ard turning is typically defined as the turning of a part or barstock of harder than 45HRC on a lathe or turning center. Since surface roughness of Rmax/Rz=1.6s can be achieved, hard turning is often considered a replacement for grinding operations or as a pregrinding process. Hard turning is most often performed on post-heat treated parts with surface hardness ranging from 45HRC to 68HRC or even higher. The process of hard turning shares many fundamentals with its “soft turning” sibling. As with any new application, there is a learning curve for hard turning, but the fundamental principles follow those of the same turning operations that are commonly performed in shops today. This gives it an inherent advantage over grinding, which requires specific knowledge and experience that not all machinists possess. While any new process

158

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

While hard turning can achieve impressive results, it is not an alternative for all parts typically finished through grinding. Polished mirror surface finishes of Rz=0.3~0.8z that can be achieved through grinding are not possible by hard turning alone. Grinding has the additional advantage of being able to achieve higher dimensional roundness and cylindricity accuracies compared with hard turning. However, since parts can typically be finished in a single chucking, hard turned parts often show superior concentricity and perpendicularity characteristics to their ground counterparts.

The “sweet spot” for hard turning applications are for parts that have roundness accuracy requirements between 0.5 and 12 microns, and surface roughness requirements between Rz 0.8 micron and Rz 7.0 microns (see chart on page 26). This includes a variety of parts such as gears, injection pump components, hydraulic components, seat surfaces, and hard disk drive shafts. The cost advantages of hard turning compared with grinding are numerous. The immediately apparent cost advantage is the reduced cost in capital equipment, as CNC turning

centers are generally less expensive than grinding machines. Additionally, several types of grinding machines may be needed to perform the operations able to be performed on a single turning center, further opening the possibilities for equipment cost savings. As mentioned above, a turning center can complete ID turning, OD turning, taper turning, and grooving in a single chucking. In addition to improving the accuracy of squareness, concentricity and straightness, this drastically reduces cycle and setup times as well. High precision threading operations can also be performed, guaranteeing concentricity with other part features compared with offline threading operations. Hard turning also allows for the finishing of radius and freecurved surfaces. Grinding processes require a custom-dressed wheel, which is time consuming to produce, or highly customized grinding machines that can be expensive.

In addition to the inherent cost advantages of combining multiple operations into one, hard turning cycle times are drastically shorter than comparable turning operations.

Metal can be removed much faster in hard turning operations, and high speed turning is possible with both CBN and ceramic cutting tools.

Changing grinding wheels is also time consuming, whereas switching out inserts on turning centers can be quick. Part loading and unloading times are also shorter for turning centers, and turning centers are www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

typically more easily automated for additional productivity. A number of features of the hard turning process reduce environmental impact as well as cost. Turning centers consume less electricity than grinding machines, reducing both electrical consumption and the monthly electrical bill. Hard turning is often performed dry, eliminating both coolant costs and the need for coolant disposal. Hard turning produces easily recycled chips, whereas grinding produces sludge that must go through a costly separation process or be disposed of as industrial waste.

Proper Machine

As accuracy and surface finish are fundamental requirements for hard turned parts, not all lathes and turning centers are ideally suited for hard turning applications. In addition to being able to meet the speed requirements of the cutting tools, machines used for hard turning must maintain thermal stability, rigidity and precision over time. Avoiding heat buildup is critical for precision machining. Special care needs to be taken to make sure that the heat generated is not only transferred away from the cutting edge, but that it also does not reside within the machine and compromise accuracy.

To resolve this issue, Miyano has designed its GN-3200 hard turning machine with a symmetric machine frame and bed. The wingstyle headstock features a design that allows for spindle growth without degradation in part quality and accuracy. The built-in spindle also contains an automatic cooling system to maintain constant temperature.

Finally, should coolant be used, the coolant tank is separated from the www.engrreview.com

machine, keeping hot coolant away from the casting and preventing this heat from being transmitted to the machine body.Heat is not the only nemesis for high precision parts; suppressing vibration is also essential for hard turned parts.

A rigid machine casting is the start. Additionally, dovetail slideways provide higher rigidity than linear guide construction, and the company uses dovetail slideways on all GN Series machines. They are hand scraped not only for precision, but also for damping performance. As an added precaution against vibration, the built-in spindle and the built-in sensor are beltless in order to achieve smooth rotation with minimum vibration.

Tooling Accuracy

One of the key benefits of hard turning is that off the shelf inserts can be used for virtually any hard turning operation. However, the CBN, PCBN and ceramic inserts can be expensive, especially when compared with the relatively low costs of grinding wheels. But don’t let the high cost of inserts scare you off from the hard turning process, as the high tooling costs are quickly offset by reductions in processing time and change-over time. CBN and PCBN are ideal cutting tool materials for the hard finishing of parts above 55HRC. CBN is one of the hardest materials, second only to diamond.

It is a manufactured material, synthesized under conditions similar to those used for synthetic diamond.

However, unlike diamond cutting tools, CBN demonstrates increased stability at higher temperatures. CBN is also used to manufacture PCBN, a composite formed by sintering

CBN particles into a hard, tough and thermally stable material.

They typically offer enhanced toughness over CBN and PCBN, making them better suited for hard turning materials in the 4555 HRC range. However, similar to CBN and PCBN, they are brittle and not well suited for interrupted cuts, roughing or semi-finishing.

Geometries and coatings on CBN, PCBN and ceramic inserts can be selected for optimal performance in individual applications. No matter what cutting tool is chosen, an accurate and rigid toolholder is also essential to the process. Maintain a minimal projection length to minimize vibration, enhance part finish and maximize cutting tool life.

Even though these cutting tools can provide surface finishes of Rmax/ Rz=1.6s, feed turning marks (similar to the peaks and valleys of threading) remain on the surface. This may be an issue for parts such as oil seal contact surfaces, where the valleys may cause oil to leak, or bearing rolling surfaces where the peaks may cause the bearing material to detach.

Hard turning outcomes

Although hard turning it is not an alternative for all grinding operations, the potential cost savings from reduced setup times, faster cycle times and lower equipment costs are too big to ignore. Since it shares many fundamentals with standard turning processes, hard turning has the additional benefit of being able to be easily assimilated into most shops.

With a little help choosing the right application, right machine and right tooling, hard turning can quickly enhance the profitability of a variety of tight tolerance applications.

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

159

TECH TRENDS

Match cutting tools for maximizing efficiency The need to calculate power consumption can become even more important when using machines equipped with high-speed spindles that usually generate very little horsepower at lower rpms.

F

or many machining applications, it is needless to worry whether or not your machine has enough power to perform what you are asking of it; how-ever, there are instances (usually roughing applications) that require the programmer/operator to figure how much power is required to operate a given cutter.

The need to calculate power consumption can become even more important when using machines equipped with high-speed spindles that usually generate very little horsepower at lower rpms. For these machines, it is often necessary to apply smaller diameter cutters in order to run at optimum parameters for machine, cutting tool and material to be machined. The following

160

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

information will discuss a few areas that need to be addressed as well as new cutting tool technology being applied in the moldmaking industry today for maximum efficiency in roughing applications.

Know your machine

To determine if a machine has the power to operate at a given set of parameters, personnel must familiarize themselves with the spindle power chart of the machine.

The spindle power chart will reveal the horsepower and torque characteristics of the machine and is usually split into two separate ratings (30-minute and continuous ratings).

This chart should be kept handy for reference.

Estimating power consumption

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

As mentioned earlier, determining the horsepower necessary to operate a given tool can be very important. Much has been written on how to estimate the amount of power needed to machine a given material. The following information will cover the basics. The common method for determining horsepower consumption for a given tool is to multiply the metal removal rate (mrr) by the power factor. The metal removal rate (mrr) is obtained by multiplying width-of-cut, depth-ofcut and feedrate of the tool being used (mrr = woc * doc * F).

The power factor (p factor) is a predetermined power constant and varies for different materials, it is determined by the amount of horsepower required to cut a given material at a rate of one cubic inch per minute (charts showing power constants for materials with various hardness levels can be found in publications such as the machinist handbook). It is important to note that this method of figuring horsepower is merely an estimate and there are many other factors that con-tribute to horsepower calculations. The efficiency of the machine tool spindle, mat-erial hardness, cutter and insert geometries, cutting fluids, tool wear, and more can all have an effect on horsepower requirements.

It is clear that many factors need to be considered when making horsepower calculations and that the cutting tool is one of those factors.

In some instances, when using high feed cutting tools for roughing applications, the machine spindle will be the deciding factor when determining cutting tool diameters and machining parameters to be used. For roughing operations on any machine, and in particular those machines with smaller spindle connections such as CAT/BT 40 and HSK40, it is important to make www.engrreview.com

the required power calculations, knowing where to begin in order to achieve maximum productivity while avoiding undesirable spindle overloads and cutting conditions.

A machining power calculator which covers these new high feed cutting tools and greatly reduces the time and effort needed to estimate power consumption for milling, drilling and turning applications has been developed. By choosing from drop down menus and filling in some remaining information about cutter, cutter geometry, speed, feed, etc., programmers/operators can quickly determine whether or not the machine has approximately enough horsepower for the application at hand.

Cutting tool technology for roughing applications

Now that you know how to get the most out of your machines for roughing applications, it is time to discuss getting the most out of your cutting tools. A new design of cutting tool has been developed specifically for maximizing metal removal in roughing operations, which allows the use of very high feedrates, producing metal removal rates that can significantly reduce the cycle time and cost involved with roughing operations. The tools work very well on both 2-D and 3-D part geometries and come in a variety of styles and sizes. Another option for users is to go with modular style tooling that allows the flexibility of using different shanks with screw on heads, enabling the operator to set the projection length and attain maximum rigidity for each application. For smaller applications, cutting tools with replaceable inserts designed for high feed applications have been developed. Available in 10, 12 and 16mm, these tools are

capable of operating at very high feedrates (12 mm tool running at 300 i.p.m. in tool steel at .025 depth cut) and are effective for improving metal removal on machines equipped with high-speed spindles and lower horsepower. The replaceable insert also is a more economical solution when compared to that of solid carbide and is successful in milling hardened tool steel up to approximately 54 Rc. Having a large range of tooling enables personnel to effectively match cutting tool to machine and part geometry, achieving maximum metal removal rates and productivity for roughing applications on both conventional and high-speed machining centers. In many cases while using high feed roughing tools, near net shape roughing can be achieved by the use of smaller diameter high feed tools without giving up much if any in terms of metal removal and productivity. In fact, when compared to other commonly used roughing tools, it is possible for smaller diameter high feed roughing tools to surpass the metal removal rates of larger diameter cutters using more conventional machining parameters and methods.

Summary

How do you know if you’re making the most from each application?

An understanding of machine capabilities as well as new cutting tool technology and how it can be applied is important for programmers/ operators to optimize applications as well as avoid costly mistakes.

Through the use of high feed cutting tools and by properly matching those tools to machine, part geometry and material, companies can realize significant time cost savings for roughing applications.

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

161

TECH TRENDS

Evaluating the trends in bar feeding Regardless of the ups and downs of the economy, these fundamental concerns haven’t changed since bar feeders first gained popularity more than 30 years ago. What is continuously changing is the way in which bar feeding systems deliver these benefits.

F

rom all reports, inventories of finished goods will soon be at an all-time low. This means that when the long winter of our economic discontent ends, pent up demand will push manufacturers to ramp up production. As always, those shops that can respond quickly and with more cost efficiencies will have a decided advantage over their competitors. To achieve this, forward thinking operations will use the current downtime to enhance their manufacturing processes by investing in the newest generation of automation products, including bar feeders. The obvious reasons to couple bar feeding systems with CNC machine tools are to reduce the cost of making parts, increase output and reduce time-to-market. Regardless of the ups and downs of the economy, these fundamental concerns haven’t changed since bar feeders first gained popularity more than 30 years ago.

What is continuously changing is the way in which bar feeding systems deliver these benefits.

Technology Innovations

There have been a number of significant technological advancements in bar feeding throughout the years, beginning with the introduction of the hydrodynamic system, pioneered

by LNS, that uses oil within the guide tube to support a 12-foot length of barstock and enable vibration-free turning at higher spindle speeds. Additional bar feeder innovations followed, including fully automatic bar feeders, “short-loaders” for spindle length barstock that require no guide tubes or oil, servomotors for better control and faster change-overs, and many other refinements. The latest

162

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

productivity-enhancing bar feeder innovation builds on these operational developments by improving the interaction between the bar loaders and the CNC turning machines or the multi-station machining centers they serve. For example, LNS recently introduced the first Advanced Ethernet Interface (AEI) for this purpose.

Although the initial thought was to reduce interface costs and make change-overs quicker and easier, it soon became apparent that the interface could improve productivity in a multitude of ways. Working with the leading CNC machine tool OEMs, and using input from many end users, AEI is evolving into a multi-faceted communication system.

More flexibility

A key benefit of this communications interface is the ability to more efficiently complete a high mix of long or short production runs, a complex family of parts and even a variety of unrelated parts with little or no operator intervention. Here’s how it works: The operator programs the machine tool for the series of runs to be performed. As each job is ready to begin, the machine’s controller selects the correct tooling from an automatic tool changer (ATC) and uses the AEI to inform the bar feeder of the new job parameters.

On command from the machine tool CNC, the bar feeder then performs any adjustments for such factors as part length and pusher travel that are necessary to accommodate the job. All of these adjustments are performed automatically on select bar feeder models. This enables the machine tool to move seamlessly from one job to another without operator

assistance. In addition to time and labor savings, this communication system can also save materials costs through a unique Library Search feature. For example, if the machine tool finishes machining parts from a length of barstock and the bar remnant is too small for the machine to make another of the same part, the system can electronically search a parts program library to find another part that can be machined from the remnant now in the machine tool.

The machine tool then communicates to the bar feeder, the change-over is automatically made, and the new part is machined.

AEI Advantages

Clearly, the advantages of the AEI are well suited to lights-out production.

With no operator interaction required, a shop can set up a series of jobs at close of day and find the finished parts in the morning.However, some shops resist untended operations for fear that something will go wrong, especially over a weekend or holiday shutdown.

Peripheral Connection

The AEI also has the potential to open communications between the machine tool and other LNS components used in an automation process. One scenario might include the machine tool, the bar feeder, a high-pressure coolant system or a vacuum unloader. As each job comes up in the machine tool’s program, the AEI tells the bar feeder to make the necessary adjustments, the highpressure system to adjust its stream and the unloader to prepare to accept parts. www.engrreview.com

I N D U S T R Y U P D A T E TECHNOLOGY •

Material Handling & Warehousing industry : Technology Trends

164

•

Facilitating Efficient Equipment Cleaning

169

TECH TRENDS

Material Handling & Warehousing industry : Technology Trends Material handling systems power the efficient distribution and manufacturing facilities. It is the secret weapon in logistics operations for improving system productivity, enhancing customer service and speeding up throughputs.

M

aterial Handling : This is obviously a vast subject, because material handling is vital at every level right from the risky job of moving furniture at home up to the complexities of automatic car parking and retrieving in enormous facilities.

Perhaps the best example involving all the uncertainty, possibility of ‘over’-control, and walking the razor’s edge all the time, would be the massive material handling done at ports where entire containers are lifted, parked, re-adjusted. Logistics is the general name given to this entire art and science of handling materials, staking them, storing them, retrieving them, loading them onto vehicles, unloading them, shipping them… much more.

Logistics today has become more complex a science than it was half a century ago because more and more control is required from each single operation to the global GPRS-based

164

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

remote control or monitoring. Many innovative ideas are being practised today.

Material handling systems power the efficient distribution and manufacturing facilities. It is the secret weapon in logistics operations for improving system productivity, enhancing customer service and speeding up throughputs. By gaining control of your warehouse, you gain control of your profitability. Effective material handling systems create savings that helps directly to improve your bottom line. If your business relies heavily on manufacturing, warehousing, storage or distribution, the potential savings are perhaps your greatest opportunity. Possibilities of damaged products, slow pick rates, a lack of space, disorganization, or bottlenecks, can be reduced or eliminated only when synergy or team work is built-in. Putting more people on the job, would create confusion and chaos, and risk of unintended bottlenecks and injuries, because more individual control without constant communication usually means accidents and a waste of productivity.

Fixing Material Handling Systems in a supply chain :

Recently material handling has become a much more fresh, complex, and rapidly evolving science. A large variety of equipment exists for materials handling for transportation of material into the out of, warehouses.

The design of the material handling equipment would depend upon what has to be moved and its bulk. Different equipment is used for movement of goods over short distances.

The handling of material in warehouse is restricted to unitized forms, which require smaller size equipment. However, for bulk handling of material at logistics nodes such as shipyards, ports and airports different type of equipment is used. In warehouses, material handling operation is performed at the following stages: ● Unloading the incoming material from transport vehicle. ● Moving the unloaded material to assigned storage place in warehouses. ● Lifting the material from its storage place during order picking. ● Moving the material for inspection and packing. ● Loading packages/boxes/cartons on to transport vehicles. ● stacking if needed The efficiency of material handling equipments adds to the performance level of the warehouse. The internal movement of goods has a direct bearing on the order picking and fulfillment cycle. The warehouse, wherein the material handling equipments is in use, is more sensitive to labor productivity than the manufacturing center as material handling is more labour intensive. There is a scope for reducing labor and enhancing

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

productivity by emerging technology in material handling. A good material handling system will enhance the speed and throughput of material movement through the supply chain.

Some guidelines :

The material handling function reflects on the efficiency and speed of warehouse operation, which ultimately result in elongated or compressed order completion cycles.

Hence the investment in material handling system is strategic in nature and is always based on long term requirements, considering product volumes and varieties. For designing an effective and efficient material system, the guidelines normally followed are: ● Designing the system for continues flow of material, i.e. idle time should be zero. ● Going in for standard equipment, which ensures low investment and flexibility in case of changes in material handling requirements in the future. ● Incorporating gravity flow in material flow system ● Ensuring that the ratio of the dead weight to the payload of material www.engrreview.com

handling equipment is minimum.

Various material handling systems are in use, right from those that are fully manual to the ones that are fully automatic. However, the selection of a particular system depends in factors such as: ● Volumes to be handled ● Speed in handling ● Productivity ● Product characteristics (weight, size, shape) ● Nature of the product (hazardous, perishable, crushable)

Recent trends indicate preferences for system with higher logistical productivity. However, investment cost goes up in more productive material handling system using sophisticated equipment. Hence, in a majority of case a combination of both manual and mechanized systems is quite common.

in bulk. Slurries behave in some ways like thick fluids, flowing under gravity and being capable of being pumped if not too thick. Examples of slurries include: ● Cement slurry, a mixture of cement, water, and assorted dry and liquid additives used in the petroleum and other industries. ● Soil/cement slurry, also called Controlled Low-Strength Material (CLSM), flowable fill, controlled density fill, flowable mortar, plastic soil-cement, K-Krete, and other names[3] ● A mixture of thickening agent, oxidizers, and water used to form a gel explosive[citation needed] ● A mixture of pyroclastic material, rocky debris, and water produced in a volcanic eruption and known as a lahar ● A mixture of bentonite and water used to make slurry walls ● Coal slurry, a mixture of coal waste and water, or crushed coal and water[4] ● A mixture of wood pulp and water used to make paper Soda ash, known chemically as sodium carbonate (Na2CO3), has been in use for thousands of years.

Soda ash occurs in many kinds of mineral waters and in mineral

Bulk handling of slurry :

A slurry is a thin sloppy mud or cement or, in extended use, any fluid mixture of a pulverized solid with a liquid (usually water), often used as a convenient way of handling solids ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

165

TECH TRENDS

Bulk Handling Options: Elevators

deposits of certain springs and lake brines. The richest and most commonly found source of soda ash is trona, a mix of sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate and water.

Although trona can be found in many places, the world’s purest, largest and most accessible deposit is in Wyoming’s Green River Basin.

At OCI Wyoming’s 3.25 million short ton facility, trona is mined using the “Room and Pillar Method” and conveyed to the surface to be refined into dense soda ash. Quality control is maintained through detailed instrumentation, laboratory testing and rigid supervision. Our extensive industry experience, knowledgeable staff, modern laboratories, ISO 9001 (2008 Standard) certification and highly efficient processing facilities combine to provide OCI customers with superior service and support.

Where adequate space is available, an inclined belt is usually the most satisfactory, maintenance-free system for elevating soda ash. If there’s not enough space, a belt-type bucket elevator is the next best choice.

One must pay careful attention to the design of the elevator in order to avoid overloading which may cause a plugged chute, or burn the belt. A fairly deep elevator pit is

needed so the buckets can be loaded on the vertical leg, and not be forced to dig out of the boot. In addition, a curved plate should be installed at the head of the ascending leg. This

will prevent the soda ash from being discharged before it has passed the head pulley. Unless hot material is going to be handled, the belt elevator is considered a better choice than a chain conveyor. Belt elevators are easier to inspect for wear, and can be replaced prior to failure. Buckets should be lined steel or nylon.

Horsepower Requirements*:

To elevate by bucket elevator 10 tons/hour through 100 feet height: 2hp

Drag Chain Conveyors :

Drag chain conveyors, which consist of one or more chains with moving attachments (or flights) running through a set of guides, are frequently used to handle soda ash. This type of conveyor causes very little grinding of the product, so drag chain systems are a better choice than pneumatic or screw conveyor systems when particle size is important. Drag conveyors can be used to move soda ash horizontally, or up inclines of 17 degrees or less. Unit lengths commonly approach 300 feet.

Soda ash is used in a variety of industries and applications including

● Glass Manufacturing ● Dry Powder Detergents (i.e. laundry, auto dish, etc.) ● Pulp Processing ● pH Control ● Specialty Chemicals Manufacturing (i.e. phosphates, chromium, etc.) ● Food Manufacturing (i.e. yeast, baking soda, etc.)

166

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Screw Conveyors

Horsepower Requirements*: To convey 10 tons/hour through 100 feet distance by level belt: 0.2 to 0.5hp

Pneumatic Conveyors

Pneumatic conveyors fluidize soda ash with air. They either suck or blow the material through a pipeline to a separator, which then deposits the material and discharges the cleaned air. Pneumatic conveyors alter the flow properties of soda ash; this may cause it to hang up or bridge in storage. Generally, pneumatic systems are unsuitable when particle breakage cannot be tolerated.

Depending on the length of the conveying line, the constancy of feed and the capacity of the blowers, pneumatic systems are usually capable of handling 5 to 15 tons per hour through a 4-inch line. 500 feet is generally considered the maximum distance for which a pneumatic conveyor can economically be used.

While pneumatic systems have the advantage of being totally enclosed, they are generally more expensive than other conveying systems.

Horsepower Requirements*:

To convey 10 tons/hour through 100 feet distance by air suction system: 30 to 60hp www.engrreview.com

Within limits of 50 to 100 feet in length, screw-type conveyors can be used for moving soda ash. But they also have the inherent disadvantage of pneumatic systems, in that they tend to grind the material, destroying its granularity. In addition, special attention must be paid to the design of the system’s bearings in order to avoid contaminating the soda ash with lubricants, and vice versa. (The lubricant can be contaminated with the soda ash, quickly destroying its protective properties.)

In some cases, screw conveyors are provided with special bearings that require no lubrication. Each flight of a screw conveyor should, of course, be arranged so that it can be lifted vertically for maintenance without disturbing adjoining flights.

The internal ribbon type conveyor has no particular advantage over the screw conveyor. If it becomes plugged with product, it has the disadvantage of being extremely difficult to free up. Screw conveyors are available in a wide range of sizes and capacities. See manufacturer catalogues for more details.

Horsepower Requirements*: To convey 10 tons/hour through 100 feet distance by screw conveyor: 5 to 7.5hp

Storage Options: Bulk Soda Ash

We recommend epoxy-lined steel storage bins. If the granular nature of the ash is intact after conveying and elevating, there should be no problems with the material bridging or hanging up in storage. Ensuring the cone at the bottom is at a 45-55 degree angle from the horizontal is strongly advised. Storage bin capacity should be figured at 55 lbs. per cubic

foot, although OCI soda ash normally runs closer to 60 lbs. per cubic foot.

If the storage bin is designed with a sufficient bottom slope, vibration should not be necessary. What’s more, vibration is undesirable, as it promotes segregation and classification of the particle sizes.

Soda Ash Solution

These solutions are generally stored in a tank. Soda ash is inversely soluble above 95.7 degrees F; that is, as the temperature falls, more material goes into the solution. Solubility reaches a maximum of 32.3% soda ash by weight at this inflection point (95.7 degrees F) and then falls steeply with decreasing temperature. Since the presence of soda ash crystals is unacceptable in most processes, the concentration of a substantial amount of solution will require an excessive tankage volume. Example: Adding 100 tons of soda ash to water to make a 25% solution by weight requires about 85,000 gallons of tankage.

Soda Ash Slurry

An alternative to large volume tankage is a slurry storage system that consists of a tank, a device for slurrying the dry bulk soda ash and transferring it to the storage tank (slurrifier), and a method for reclaiming the solution from the common tank. To slurry a 100-ton hopper car of soda ash to a 70% solids slurry requires a tank about the same size as dry bulk storage.

Slurries of up to 90% solids are easily stored.

Bagged Soda Ash

Bagged soda ash that is stored in a warehouse environment free from excessive humidity or moisture ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

167

TECH TRENDS

Container Crane

should present no problems. However, if proper inventory management practices such as “FIFO� (First In, First Out) are not applied, or the product is exposed to high levels of humidity or moisture, some caking of material is possible.

Transfer Crane

Horsepower Requirements*: To convey 10 tons/hour through 100 feet distance by screw conveyor: 5 to 7.5hp

Safety precautions for soda ash handling.

Mobile Harbour Crane 168

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Although not listed as a hazardous substance, soda ash is primarily a skin irritant. Dusts or mists containing soda ash are moderately irritating to the mucous membranes of the nose and eyes. The irritation is temporary, however, and symptoms usually disappear shortly after contact ends.

Eyes and skin should be flushed with water if exposed. A physician should treat prolonged irritation. Protective clothing, goggles and respirators should be used if soda ash in the air exceeds nuisance dust levels. Dusty clothing should be washed before

exposure to other compounds. In extreme cases, mixtures of soda ash and lime may produce caustic soda in the presence of perspiration, which may be irritating. Workers in soda ash storage bins or soda ash silos should wear a properly roped safety belt to facilitate rescue in case of shifts or slides. They also should maintain continuous communication with someone stationed outside the storage facility. Soda ash is nonexplosive, non-flammable and is not regulated for shipping by the U.S. Department of Transportation due to its non-hazardous status.

Technology : Trends Warehousing Technology / Trends : Material handling: designed for safe transportation

Due to globalization of the economies of many countries, companies all over the world are making efforts to further expand their business areas. So the need for container transportation is being increased, and container terminals should satisfy such needs. www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Facilitating Efficient Equipment Cleaning

Equipment design and cleaning procedures both play a role in thorough sterilization and cleaning Sterilization or sanitization is usually applied to kill bacteria in a system.

In addition, equipment is cleaned to remove residues from the previous batch of product, and subsequently flushed to remove the cleaning liquids. To ensure that sterilization and cleaning are efficient and safe, it is not enough to develop the appropriate procedures. Selecting the right manufacturing equipment further improves cost efficiency, as well as patient safety.

Considerations in Equipment Selection

The chosen equipment must minimize the risk of contamination due to inappropriate product contact surfaces. Machines should not introduce airborne particles and dust into the environment, nor should they entail the risk that oil or other substances required for their operation will contaminate the product. If an operator cannot contact all equipment surfaces adequately, he or she simply cannot clean them.

To facilitate efficient cleaning, equipment must be designed with www.engrreview.com

this principle in mind.

The time, action, chemicals, and temperature (TACT) circle originally developed by Sinner in 1960 shows the cleaning effects that these parameters generate on the equipment surface (see Figure 1). The circle shows the extent to which time, plus at least one more parameter, clean residues from a surface. If one parameter is increased, the others may be reduced.

For example, if one dips one’s greasy hands in water, they will not become clean. If one puts them into a soap bath, they will become clean, but only after a long time. If one raises the temperature of the soap bath, however, one’s hands will become clean more quickly. But if one also rubs one’s hands together, they will become clean even more quickly.

The residue and the product-contact surface determine the size, or the impact, needed for the cleaning process.

The most suitable type of chemicals and the appropriate temperature are decided according to the residue. High surface action enables the chemicals and temperature to work more efficiently, which makes it possible to reduce

both of these parameters, as well as the cleaning time. Because the action is often built into the equipment design, selecting the right equipment can reduce the cost and increase the cleanability of a system.

Cleaning action on the equipment surface is achieved by generating high velocity or flow of cleaning fluids on all product-contact surfaces. This technique distributes the chemicals and temperature better than low velocity does.

Increased velocity also generates high turbulence and shear force on the surface, which ensures that the chemicals and temperatures reach deep into the residues and dissolve or detach them safely and efficiently.

Testing TACT Parameters

To test the influence of the TACT parameters, the author designed a tank-cleaning test incorporating two tank-cleaning devices that generated different amounts of action. A static spray ball typically generates a wall shear stress of 2–5 Pa (i.e., falling film stress, depending on liquid temperature). A rotating jet head typically generates a wall shear stress of 40–1000 Pa (i.e., jet impingement, depending on jet pattern mesh).

To clean the tank sufficiently, two static spray balls operated for 48 min at a flow rate of 20 m3/h and a system pressure of 2.5 bar. One rotating jet head, however, achieved better resultswhen it operated for 14 min at a flow rate of 6 m3/h and a system pressure of 5.0 bar (see Figures 2 and 3 and Table I).

The test showed that the theory of the TACT circle works in practice.

To clean a certain residue from a ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

169

TECH TRENDS

certain surface, the parameters in the TACT circle can be adjusted for cost optimization. With increased action, it was possible to reduce the time, the amount of chemicals, and the heating energy and still achieve an equal or better result. High shear forces can remove residues from most surfaces by themselves without chemicals or high temperatures. This technique can reduce the risk of contamination from cleaning chemicals and dramatically reduce cleaning costs.

Equipment design pitfalls

Strong cleaning action on all product contact surfaces minimizes the risks of contamination and of system malfunction and also enables cost efficient cleaning. Common design pitfalls, however, impair equipment cleanability. Dead legs, pockets and crevices, air pockets, and improper equipment surfaces are pitfalls too often seen in the pharmaceutical industry.

Dead legs. It is widely understood that dead legs should be avoided or minimized in a system .Some guidance states that the length to diameter (L/D) measurement for dead legs should not be more than 2, and, in some cases, not more than 3.

The relation between the main-pipe velocity and the L/D measurement, however, is often overlooked. High main-pipe velocity makes the turbulence go deeper into the dead leg, and if the turbulence or action

170

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

is strong enough, it will remove the residues at the bottom of the dead leg. In a 1997 article, Haga et al. presented results from tests with various velocities in the main pipe in various L/D measurements (1). They found that for an L/D of 6, it is possible to clean the residue adequately if the main-pipe velocity is higher than 1.5 m/s. They also found that for an L/D of 3, it is impossible to remove the residue if the main pipe velocity is lower than 0.7 m/s .

Pockets and crevices. No rule of thumb governs the depth of pockets and crevices. Figure 6 shows a typical crevice found in pharmaceutical systems. Many guidances state that crevices should be avoided or eliminated when possible, a statement that seems weak considering that a crevice could be likened to a dead leg with an L/D measurement of 50–100, compared with the normal 2–3. Following Haga et al., it would be impossible to achieve the velocity required to clean the bottom of a crevice. Thus, pockets and crevices should not exist in pharmaceutical systems because they will always pose a major contamination risk.

Air pockets. Air pockets may be described as upside-down dead legs or crevices . Although residues do not collect in an air pocket, they stick to its surface. It is difficult to evacuate the air from these pockets during the cleaning process, which means that the cleaning liquid will not reach the top of the air pocket and, accordingly, will not clean it.

Air pockets, therefore, must be eliminated, or they will introduce a high risk of contamination.

Surface finish

Surface finish is often considered a measurement of hygienic design.

The maxim is that the smoother the surface, the more hygienic and easy to clean. But this principle is, in fact, open to debate. A 2003 study by Hilbert et al. tested the adherence of bacteria to several surfaces and the cleanability of these surfaces (2).

The surfaces, from 0.1 μm electro-polished to 0.8 μm mechanically polished, showed no differences in adherence or cleanability. The main reason was the relatively large size of the individual bacteria compared with the small size of the surface imperfections. As long as the surface finish is below Ra 0.8–1.0 μm, the bacteria are too large to get trapped between the surface imperfections. In another study, however, Riedewald showed that when bacteria accumulate in a biofilm, adherence and cleanability depend on the surface finish (3).

It is hard for biofilm to attach to a smooth surface, and thus it is easy to detach them from such a surface.

The same is true for other sticky residues. A study at the Institute of Technology in Kolding, Denmark, tested the cleanability of surfaces spiked with a yogurt solution that had been ovendried (4).

This study clearly showed that a surface with a low Ra value was easier to clean than one with a high Ra value. The tested surfaces ranged from Ra 0.15 to 2.4 μm.

Electropolished surfaces also were easier to clean than mechanically polished surfaces, which, in turn, are easier to clean than pickled surfaces.

Equipment designed correctly will avoid the above pitfalls, thus facilitating safe and cost-efficient cleaning. The more cleaning action is applied on all product-contact surfaces, the easier, safer, and quicker system cleaning will be. www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Four keys to successful multicore optimization for machine vision Optimizing a machine vision application for multicore PCs can be a complex process with unpredictable results. To achieve best overall system, it is necessary that developers pay close attention. Field-testing under actual conditions is the only way to fully measure system throughput.

By Didier Lacroix, Cognex Corporation, Vice President, International Sales & Marketing parallelized so that they divide their processing task among several cores.

Multicore PC Architecture

Didier Lacroix, Cognex Corporation, Vice President, International Sales & Marketing Powered by

M

achine vision speed increased automatically with increasing microprocessor speeds. However, with multicore PC architectures, it is different, as it requires software design changes to take advantage of parallel processing architecture.

A multicore strategy for machine vision can be implemented at multiple levels. Independent highlevel tasks especially those with hardware dependencies, such as acquisition and I/O can be written to run asynchronously on separate cores, leaving processor free to do those tasks that are not blocked.

Individual vision tools can also be www.engrreview.com

Earlier, to handle bigger and complex application, vision applications depended on advances in PC hardware.

Faster CPUs and associated hardware improvements resulted in better performance. However, this require higher heat dissipation, where cooling has become a limiting factor.

Manufacturers like Intel and AMD use multiple processors instead of a single processor. These processors are packaged on a single chip. Each processor is called a “core”, and new chips are called multicore processors. Two, four and eight-core processors are now common, while much higher density models are also being designed.

Optimized Software Is the Key

It is not possible to move an existing machine vision application from a single-core PC to a multicore PC and expect performance improvement.

Some applications may not run any faster on a multicore machine due to operating system overhead and other inefficiencies.

Programmes must be rewritten to speed up their applications, as many algorithms do not lend themselves to parallel processing.

This paper discusses four keys to

successful multicore optimization for machine vision applications: ● Application Optimization ● Vision Tool Optimization ● Tuning for Overall System Performance ● Software Portability ● Processes and Threads

PC operating system manages programs as separate processes.

Each process has an associated context and when process is blocked the operating system saves current context and swaps in another process.

System processes responses to a range of demands, which, is invisible to the user.

A multithreaded program can be written so that different sections run simultaneously and independently.

These are much lighter and share the same address space, allowing it to switch quickly making it easy for them to share data when running in parallel.

Multithreaded applications do not require a multicore architecture.

They are efficient on a single-core machine, but rely on operating system to manage hardware resources for them. Multithreading is suited for multicore PCs and algorithms that ran sequentially, can be partitioned into separate threads that now run in parallel on separate cores.

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

171

TECH TRENDS

Commercial Multithreaded Software Writing multithreaded application code is not simple and requires underlying machine vision libraries to be written in a re-entrant manner that allows multiple instances of the program to execute in parallel.

For this, writing custom software at application layer to take advantage of a multicore PC is usually only justified in very demanding applications.

Off-the-shelf solutions may not be efficient as custom code, but can provide significant benefits at very low cost.

1. Application optimization Application-level software can be optimized for multicore PCs in three ways:

1. By creating separate threads for tasks with hardware dependencies, such as image acquisition, accept/ reject results, operator interaction and are often designed to minimize unpredictable hardware delays.

2. By creating separate threads for each camera in a multi-camera application, allowing each thread to run as soon as its camera is triggered.

3. By creating separate threads for different machine vision tasks within a vision application. However, this works if the tasks are not dependent on each other, and the benefit will be small if one task is much shorter than the other.

Some commercial machine vision products have built in these features.

For example, CognexVisionPro™ software create separate threads for image acquisition and vision processing and can detect number of cores in a PC and create threads based upon it. This type of scalability

172

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Figure 1. Example of partitioning an image across multiple threads is advantageous in multi core PCs for applications with multiple image acquisition and vision processing tasks, which need to be performed simultaneously. It is beneficial on single-core PCs, because image acquisition does not use much CPU time and can therefore run in parallel with image processing operations.

2. Vision tool optimization

In addition to application-level optimization, it is possible to optimize machine vision tools by parallelizing their algorithms so they use multiple cores simultaneously.

However, not all vision tools can be easily parallelized. Parallelization is helpful for image processing filters or other vision tools that run local operations on small regions of the image. Commonly used filters include median, Gaussian and morphology operations can be optimized by dividing image into different pieces and assigning each one to a separate thread (Figure 1). The final speedup depends on algorithm and number of cores. Because of overhead, there will always be some inefficiencies, so even a well-optimized vision tool may not run eight times faster on an eight-

core PC. Many vision applications spend most of their processing on tools that are more complex than simple image processing filters. It is not always possible to parallelize complex vision tool algorithms such as alignment and optimizing the tool might only benefit a small portion of the algorithm.

4. The PatInspect™ tool has been redesigned so that inspection steps are divided among available cores.

Even when percentage improvement is lower than for simple image processing filters, overall application may benefit more, since complex machine vision tools generally consume large portion of overall application.

3. Tuning for overall system performance

Fastest vision application would be one that controlled every processor core in the PC and create one thread to run on each core. The PC must also support operating system, machine control and other background tasks.

In practice, optimum number of threads for vision application may Continue on page no.174

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.172

Figure 2. A vision application divided into three threads running on a fourcore PC not necessarily be the same as the number of cores in the PC, and may not make sense to assign each thread to a specific core.

Figure 3. One vision thread per core may not be the optimum choice.

This application finishes later than the one in Figure 2, even though this one has one thread per core.

Depending on the application, more or fewer threads may be better.

The only way to determine optimum number of machine vision threads is to test it under realistic conditions. Cognex’s CVL™ and VisionPro™ software libraries give users a simple method to set the number of threads for multicoreaware vision tools in an application.

This top-level ability lets users easily tune the system for best overall performance.

4. Software portability

Another concern is software portability from one PC to another.

PC hardware changes quickly that vision applications will be deployed on multiple PCmodels, either when new vision stations are deployed or needs to be replaced. Machine vision application is usually developed on

Figure 3

174

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

a different PC than on which it is deployed and replacing PCs deployed in manufacturing lines is a constant maintenance issue.

Since number of cores available may change over time, there should be a vision application, which can account for any number of cores in the system. Redeploying existing system on a different PC may require recompilation or rewriting application software, which is high cost as development stations are modified and developers move on to other projects.

CVL and VisionPro™ libraries can automatically detect number of cores on a PC and dynamically adjust number of threads that they create allowing applications written for a four-core PC to run efficiently on an eight-core PC without touching the source code or recompiling.

Summary

Optimizing a machine vision application for multicore PCs can be a complex process. It is clear that developers must pay attention to achieve best overall system performance. Field-testing under actual conditions is the only way to fully measure system throughput.

To maximize benefits of multicore PC technology in machine vision applications, developers should consider several key questions when evaluating machine vision software products. These should include points such as whether image processing filters have been optimized for multicore, as also other factors that can impact the performance of overall application, including: ● Can the software automatically create

product separate

acquisition and processing threads to speed system throughput and responsiveness? ● Does the software allow users to write their own multithreaded application? ● Can users tune the number of threads for best overall system performance? ● Does the software have the ability to automatically detect and adjust the number of threads, based on the number of cores, without having to rewrite the application?

By keeping these points in mind, users can maximize their options (and minimize their work) to take full advantage of multicore PC technology.

About the author:

Mr. Didier Lacroix joined Cognex Corporations as the Vice President, International Sales & Marketing.

Corporation designs, develops, manufactures and markets machine vision and industrial ID systems, or devices that can “see.” Cognex vision and ID systems are used around the world for a wide range of inspection, identification and guidance applications throughout the manufacturing and distribution process. Cognex is the world’s leader in the machine vision and industrial ID industries, having shipped more than 850,000 systems, representing over $3 billion in cumulative revenue, since the company’s founding in 1981.

Powered by

For more information Web: www.cognex.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Baumer Technologies India : Customers benefit of advanced production processes Powered by

A

fter Waaree Instruments Ltd. having been acquired by the Swiss Baumer Group, new Baumer Technologies India Pvt. Ltd. offers their customers multiple benefits by a substantially enhanced product and service portfolio. Now member of a global player in process instrumentation, Baumer Technologies India avails itself of the technology transfer provided by the worldwide operating Baumer Group. In parallel, the Baumer team in India brings all its experience and know-how of a local market insider.

Production will remain at the established Vapi facilities, but now with top-of-the-line technology.

Consistent high product quality, no compromising on reliability and short-term supply readiness are the results of most modern production processes at Baumer Technologies India. The highly qualified staff,

the implementation of the Lean Six Sigma methodology for lean and flawless processes and KAIZEN for continuous improvement combined with the U-cell production concept result in increased efficiency and flexibility at consistently high product quality. Customers, for their part, benefit of quickly available products and utmost reliability in adherence to delivery dates.

Besides the previous product range, the expanded portfolio now is available in the Indian market under the Baumer brand. In particular, these are electronic pressure, temperature and filling level transmitters for process instrumentation.

The Baumer Group is an international leading manufacturer and developer of sensors, encoders, measuring instruments and components for automated image-processing.

Baumer combines innovative technology and customer-oriented service into intelligent solutions for factory and process automation and offers a uniquely wide range of related products and technologies.

With more than 2,500 employees and production plants, sales branches and agencies in 36 subsidiaries and 18 countries, the family-owned company is always close to the customer. Industrial clients in many sectors gain vital advantages and measurable added value from the worldwide consistency of Baumer’s high quality standards and its enormous innovative potential.

For more information, Web: www.baumer.com

176

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

Powered by TECH

TRENDS

Understanding a Fog Testing System Author: Scott Pratt, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Newington, NH, USA Article Courtesy: Cole-Parmer

Scott Pratt, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Newington, NH, USA

H

igh surface and interior temperatures cause the polymers, textiles and natural materials used in automotive interiors to outgas volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds (VOC and SVOC) at an accelerated rate. The SVOCs then condense onto the cooler surface of the windshield potentially creating a visibility and safety problem for the driver. Fog testing is a method to recreate automotive interior outgassing in a timely, measurable and repeatable way, utilizing various standards including DIN, ISO and

SAE. The purpose of this testing is to assist material manufacturers in identifying and developing products that outgas SVOCs at a reduced rate. This will allow the automotive manufacturers to verify and utilize these products, lessening the risk of poor visibility due to SVOC condensing on windshields. This testing may also prove useful for aircraft and recreational vehicles where SVOCs condensing on the windshield will also present a safety hazard.

As science and industry strive to further decrease indoor organic emissions and lower maintenance costs for transportation, public transportation and interior spaces, it may be necessary to involve more than one sample/analysis technique to fully characterize organic emissions. Because of this, fog testing may find uses in the construction and retrofitting of aircraft, passenger rail, cruise ship, recreational vehicles and glass office buildings.

Introduction

The term “Fogging� refers to the film that collects on the inside of vehicle window glass. Of particular interest is the windshield, because this film can both limit light transmittal

as well as refract the light that is transmitted, impairing visibility and creating safety concerns. A fogging test system is designed to determine the fogging value as defined in the various standards (see Table 1) as well as compare types of materials used in vehicle cabins.

A new area for the fogging test within the automobile industry is HID (High Intensity Discharge) headlight components. HID lights operate at high temperatures in a microenvironment typically comprised of a polymer reflector and lense and the glass HID bulb. The outgassed SVOCs re-condense on all surfaces of the bulb, reflector and lens when the HID light is turned off. The resultant film reduces light transmittal from all components and refracts or scatters the light in undesirable directions, potentially reducing night time visibility for the driver.

While fog testing was originally created for the automotive industry, there are other industries where this type of testing could prove useful. The concern for visibility, safety and the economic impact of SVOCs condensing on glass applies to any form of public transportation, recreational vehicles, aircraft, buses and trains.

The Methods

The German Institute for Standardization has created the standard DIN 75201 that defines test procedures and conditions for fog testing in motor vehicles (i.e., automobiles, trains and planes) which determine the amount of undesirable evaporation and condensing of SVOCs from the material being tested.

Thermo Fisher Scientific supplies the

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

177

TECH TRENDS

test equipment required to measure fogging behaviors in accordance with the DIN, SAE and ISO standards (see Table 1). The standards outline three methods for determining the fogging characteristics of interior materials in motor vehicles, marine and aircraft.

The materials tested include plastic interior trim, polyurethane, textiles, leather, adhesives, elastomers, etc.

DIN 75201 as described below was the original standard for fog testing.

Currently it is only in use for the testing of leather while various ISO and SAE standards, whose origins are based on DIN 75201, are the current standards for polymers and polymercoated fabric.

Fogging Behavior DIN 75201 Reflectometric method, photometric method, fogging method, gloss method

According to this method, a prepared sample is placed in a beaker that is then covered with a glass plate. The plate’s Reflective Index has been measured and recorded using a handheld reflectometer. For a period of three hours the sample is heated to 100°C, while the glass plate is cooled to 21°C. The heat causes the sample to release SVOC gasses that condense on the cooled glass plate creating a “Fog” (F). The Reflective Index of the fogged glass is measured

Horizon Fog Testing System with accessories Image Courtesy : Cole-Parmer

178

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

and recorded. Fogging value (Fv) is expressed as a percent of change in the 60° Reflective Index of a glass plate that has been fogged in accordance with the procedures (R1) to a clean glass plate (R2).

Fv = (R2 x 100)/R1 Where: Fv = Fogging value R1 = the mean initial reflective index of the glass plate with the fogging condensate R2 = the mean initial reflective index of the glass plate DIN specifies the maximum value for Fv in this test at 90%.

Fogging Behavior DIN 75201 Gravimetric method

According to this method, a prepared sample is placed in a beaker that is then covered with an aluminium foil disk. The disk’s mass has been measured and recorded. For a period of sixteen hours the sample is heated to 100°C, while the aluminium foil disk is cooled to 21°C. The heat causes the sample to release SVOC gasses that condense on the cooled aluminium foil disk creating a “Fog” (F) that has a measurable mass (m).

The amount of fogging condensate is determined by weighing the aluminium foil disk again after the test and subtracting the known mass of the same aluminium foil disk before fogging.

mF = m2 – m1 mF = the mass of the fog condensate collected during the test m1 = the initial mass of the disc of aluminum foil (milligrams) m2 = the mass of the disc of aluminum foil with the fogging condensate (milligrams) This is the preferred method because the longer run time and simple measurements increase accuracy while minimizing errors inherent in the reflectometric method such as contaminated or damaged glass, using the incorrect side of the glass, or errors in measuring the reflective index.

Fogging Behavior DIN 75201-A Haze method

The hazing method uses the same process as the reflectometric but instead of measuring the Reflective Index of the glass, a haze meter is used. The haze meter measures the light transmission through the glass plate both before and after the fogging process.

It is worth noting that the proprietary standards of individual companies often use different temperatures and time periods to achieve specific results. (See Table 2).

For more information, Cole-Parmer India Pvt. Ltd. Web: www.coleparmer.in

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

EMO 2013 to consolidate year of growth in order to compete in these ultradifficult trading conditions. Many of our new and improved products will be on display, cutting metal on the Haas booth at EMO 2013.

“Secondly, we have focused all of our attention on making these and our existing products, more reliable, accurate and rigid. In other words, we have made huge advances in quality, of both the product and also the manufacturing processes at our plant in California, as well as the support and back-up provided by our Haas Factory Outlet network.”

Mr. Alain Reynvoet, Managing Director, Haas Automation

R

ecently, some of the world’s largest machine tool builders reported poor sales in 2012, and a slow start to 2013, with sales-todate considerably down on the same period last year*. By contrast, Haas Automation Europe is enjoying a 24% increase in first quarter sales, compared to 2012 - This, against a pessimistic forecast for global growth in machine tool consumption for 2013 of less than 3%, according to London based, Oxford Economics.

Managing director, Mr. Alain Reynvoet, reveals what’s behind Haas Automation’s defiant and impressive growth on the European continent, one of the toughest markets for precision engineering, and manufacturing in general.

“The thing to note,” he says, “is that there are no secrets. Haas is doing well in Europe for several reasons. “Firstly, as promised, over the past few years we have introduced several, new, affordable, high-productivity machines, which our customers have told us they need,

www.engrreview.com

History repeating itself

In certain categories, Haas Automation dominates the US machine tool market, boasting up to 50% market share for particular products**. Arguably, it’s economic crises and tough conditions that have provided the big opportunities for the company to grow market share, and build a loyal customer base.

“Haas growth is not based on discounting,” says Mr. Reynvoet, “but is a result of designing and building machines that offer greater value and provide unrivalled productivity and peace-of-mind for the customer. As well as selling more machines, and increasing our market share, we’re also selling higher value machines; machines with features our customers use to make better parts, more quickly.”

Visitors to the Haas booth at EMO 2013 will witness cutting demonstrations on 16 of the company’s latest model CNC machine tools, including: high-speed vertical machining centres; 50-taper, high powered machines designed to make big cuts; high-productivity turning centres with live-tooling and subdual-spindles; powerful, small-footprint drilltap and toolroom machines; special-

ist vertical machining centres for toolmakers; and, of course, the Haas UMC750 universal machining centre, which was launched in Europe at EMO 2011.

Mr. Reynvoet: “When Haas first started building CNC machine tools, in the late 1980’s, we were known simply as the low cost machine tool company. Arguably, at that time, all machine tools were expensive and relatively unreliable. Spare parts were also expensive, and often, difficult to source quickly.

“Haas has been very active in changing the face of the machine tool industry. We have built a company on the same standards customers expect when, for example, they invest in a new car, such as an Audi or a BMW: The purchase price is known, the build-quality is uncompromised, reliability is built-in, service and support is consistently excellent and spare part prices are transparent and published. We believe these are things all customers should expect when they invest in their businesses, their livelihoods and their futures. We believe this is why Haas machines are no longer just the low-cost choice, but more importantly, the intelligent choice for companies seeking the best combination of value, reliability, accuracy and productivity.”

For more information Web:www.HaasCNC.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

179

TECH TRENDS

Measuring systems with IO-Lin First magnetostrictive position measuring systems with IO-Link

Powered by

180

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

P

osition measuring systems from Balluff stand for the precise detection of measurement paths in large parts of the manufacturing and assembly industry. With the Micropulse BTL6 Profile PF IO-Link model, Balluff is the first company worldwide to equip magnetostrictive position measuring systems with IOLink.

All measured values and status data are sent digitally and via a simple, three-wire cable via IO-Link master to the control level. The contact-free transducers with intelligent communication interface are used preferably where comprehensive IO-Link designs are to simplify the configuration, accelerate the installation and reduce costs during wiring. Thanks to IO-Link, the end results are streamlined and productive manufacturing solutions that permit automatic configuration during running operation and transparent diagnostics down to the process level.

PF magnetostrictive position measuring systems from Balluff are

characterized by their flat construction and a robust, shock-, vibration- and soiling-insensitive design in enclosure rating IP 67. Thanks to multi-magnet technology, the contact-free transducers reliably detect the measurement position and ensure absolute and precise results.

Measurement lengths from 50 to 4,570 mm can be realized; the position measuring systems tolerate a vertical and horizontal offset of the position encoder to the sensor profile of up to 15 mm. With its point-topoint connection under networks of any type, IO-Link establishes a highperformance communication channel in both directions. Against the background of increasing demand for IO-Link designs, Balluff has, with the Micropulse PF IO-Link, equipped another device from its product line with the intelligent interface. The contact-free position measurement technology communicates with a speed of 230kB, achieves a process data cycle of 1 ms and offers a resolution of 1Îźm. As a result, even fast movements can be reliably detected.

Via M12 connectors with a standard sensor cable, the transducers are connected quickly and easily to the IO-Link master and integrated in the controller.

Due to the integrated information flow, all data can be stored centrally and consistently. With IO-Link, configuration in running operation, monitoring and diagnostics all the way down to the place of occurrence are possible.

For more information Web: www.balluff.co.in

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

PRODUCT INDEX Product Name

Company Name

Page no.

Air operated double diaphragm

Moniba Anand Electricals Pvt. Ltd.

185

Bursting strength tester

Mangal Instrumentation

183

Cable drag chain

Kumbhojkar Plastic

206

Geissel India Pvt. Ltd.

185

Ceramic seal rings

Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt. Ltd.

204

Coating thickness gauge combined model

India Tools & Instruments Co.

186

Din Rail Mounted Socket & Switches

Connectwell Industries Pvt. Ltd.

208

Electronic breath analyser - alcohol

Dhakar Engineers

205

EMC Cable Gland

Controlwell India Pvt. Ltd.

208

Gas leak tracker

Subtronics (India) Pvt. Ltd.

205

Hardness Tester

India Tools & Instruments Co.

186

Lcr Series - Vertical inline Pump from Lubi

Lubi Industries LLP

184

MGW precision tools Surface roughness tester SRT-1

Mohanlal Ghanshamdas

203

New Millenium 3 Smart logic controller

CST Sensors India Pvt Ltd

183

OSWAL : Pressure Boosting Series OCPH

Oswal Pumps Ltd.

204

Shock absorbers for PET machines

AC Automation

184

Solsons Tools – International Awards Winner

Solsons Exports Pvt. Ltd.

184

Ultrasonic digital thickness gauge

India Tools & Instruments Co.

186

Cable glands – IP 54, IP 68, EMC, Double compression 90 years + of German excellence in India

182

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

C

New Millenium 3 Smart logic controller

ROUZET introduces new Millenium3 Smart logic controller. It has additional function & feature compare to our earlier version of Millenium3 essential.

This has both Ladder and Function block diagram (FBD) programming methods.

Millenium3 Smart comes with improved blue coloured screen for improved legibility. Models available with and without display. A model comes with 2 types called compact and expandable range.

It can expand up to 50 I/Os. A wide range of accessories can be directly connected to this Smart version.

They are Remote display, touch panels, temperature sensors, light sensors, Bluetooth interface & STN & GSM modems. This can be mounted in panel and/or Din rail.

A wide range of operating temperature range from -20째C to +70째C to cope with the operating constraints in severe environments.

It has several automation functions contained in a single product. Possibility of creating a network enabling communication between up to six Millenium3 units. Wiring time reduced by programming with M3 soft software.

A complete range of generic function and a wide range of dedicated functions are predefined in our M3 soft software.

Intuitive programming requires no specialist knowledge.

Menus available in 5 languages (English, French, Italian, Germen & Spanish). Function block programming is fun and very visual. Self-teaching made easier thanks to userfriendly online help and programming examples.

For more information CST Sensors India Pvt Ltd 23, Trident Towers, 4th Floor, 100 Feet Road Ashoka Pillar Road, 2nd Block, Jayanagar, Bangalore 560 011 Tel: 080-41132204/05.

Fax: 91-80-41132206.

Email: india@cstsensors.com

www.engrreview.com

Bursting strength tester

M

angal Bursting Strength Tester is designed to find bursting strength of fabric/leather/paper/paper

board. Different models are available in the range. A test specimen is held between two annular clamps under sufficient pressure to minimize slippage. The upper clamping surface which is in contact with the test specimens has a continuous spiral grooves. A circular diaphragm of pure gum rubber is clamped between the lower clamping plate & pressure cylinder so that before the diaphragm is stretched by pressure underneath it the center of its upper surface is below the plane of the clamping surface.

The equipment is fitted with a motor driven cam mechanism, which increases fluid displacement on the lower side of the diaphragm at a specified rate. The equipment is fitted with an arrangement, which automatically brings down the pressure and stops the motor on completion of the test cycle. A maximum reading type pressure gauge gives the bursting pressure.

For conducting tests on material where one pressure gauge does not cover the full range of loads encountered with the desired accuracy in measurement, a special model fitter with two pressure gauges with an isolating valve can be offered. Digital type pressure gauge type instruments are also available. Digital type pressure gauge with pneumatic clamping model also available.

For more information Mangal Instrumentation, 134,Apna Bazar,Nehru nagar, Ring road, New Delhi-110065,INDIA Mobile: 91-11-9811117940 Ph.91-11-65845192, 29842634,29843129

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

183

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Fax: 91-11-29841033, Skype: mangal133 QQ: 2557173566 Web: www.mangalinstrumentation.com

L

Lcr Series - Vertical inline Pump from Lubi

ubi make LCR Pumps are vertical multistage centrifugal pumps. It’s special inline design enables the pump to be installed in a horizontal one-pipe system where the suction and discharge ports are in the same horizontal plane and have the same pipe dimensions.

Lubi LCR pump consists of two main components: Motor Unit & Pump Unit. The motor unit is designed to EN Standards. These pumps are suitable for a variety of applications (from pumping of water to pumping of chemicals) in Building Services, Industries, R.O Units, Ultra Filtration system, Fire Fighting system, Boiled Feed Condensate System & Washing/Cleaning System. Its features are Inline Verical Pumps, Complete S.S 304 Hydraulic & Energy Efficient Pumps. The nominal flow rate will be 0.8 to 90 m3/ hr.

For more information LUBI INDUSTRIES LLP Near Kalyan Mills, Naroda Road, Ahmedabad -380 025,Gujarat, India Tel. Ph.: +91-79-30610100 (Ext-130) | Tel. Fax: +91-79-30610300 Visit : www.lubipumps.com for more application references and also watch corporate video Toll Free Service Hotline: 1800 3000 3055

S

Solsons Tools – International Awards Winner

OLSONS has invented & manufactured, for the “First Time in the World”, various types of professional hand tools for operating innumerable nuts/bolts & pipes. These tools are Time Saving, User-Friendly & Replace heaps of conventional tools.

Their two spanners covering size A/F 6mm to 41mm can operate more than 100 sizes of nuts/ bolts. In the same fashion, their Pipe

184

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Wrenches can operate various pipe sizes up to 2 inch (Ø 60mm) and all these tools are designed to operate in a Slip-Free manner due to their invented design principle of “The Harder you Turn, the Tighter it Grips”. The Solsons tools are protected by Intellectual Property Rights.

Apart from winning Award from the President of India for the “Best Innovative Product of the Year”, they have won various International Awards in Geneva, Switzerland and in the USA. Pentagon, US Department of Defence has also issued quality approval to the Solsons Tools. These credentials can be viewed on the ‘Awards’ section of their website.

For more information Solsons Exports Pvt. Ltd. 16, Panchratna Industrial Estate, Changodar, Ahmedabad-382210.

Cell (board): +91-9925152422 E-mail: solsons@solsons.com Website: www.solsons.com

Shock absorbers for PET machines

A

C Automation offers Shock Absorbers for PET Machines manufactured by Weforma Dämpfungstechnik GmbH, Germany. Weforma PET shock absorbers are designed for use in blow moulding machines. Due to high cycle times standard shock absorbers quickly fail.

Series W-PET shock absorbers provide constant performance for up to 20 million cycles in approved applications such as: PET container manufacturers; blow moulding machines; injection moulding machines; plastic bottle manufacturers; and highspeed, repetitious applications requiring exceptional durability and performance.

Weforma PET shock absorbers provide the following benefits: extended lifetime – up to 20 mio strokes; piston – hardened, aluminium-titanium-nitride coated; integrated end stop – max security; special seals + oils; temperature – -30°C to +100°C; minimised scheduled maintenance requirements; reduced replacement costs; easy replacement of existing shock absorbers; and RoHS directive 2002/95/EC. For more information AC Automation

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

301, Commercial Complex, Azadpur, Delhi 110 033 Tel: 011-32324839.

Fax: 91-11-27681349.

Email: sales@acautomation.in

Cable glands – IP 54, IP 68, EMC, Double compression 90 years + of German excellence in India

G

eissel India is fully owned by the Geissel Group, Germany and is an ISO 9001: 2008 certified Company. The “Geissel” brand of cable glands is well known and accepted worldwide. The products are made from brass, polyamide and stainless steel S.S 303(1.4305) & S.S. 316 TI (1.4571) – according to RoHS standards – up to cable dia of 116 mm with all kinds of threads, i.e. Pg, metric and inch. The cable glands meet specifications of IP 54, IP 68 and EMC. The latest introduction is DOUBLE COMPRESSION GLANDS–designed in Germany, but made in India. They are certified by C I M F R, Dhanbad.

The special features are:

● The only IP 68 solution for double compression glands. ● Available in BSC and Metric threads.Other threads like Pg, NPT or BSP on request. ● Three sizes of glands to suit cable dia from 12 – 34 mm- this wide clamping range per size allows the user to reduce stock and minimize different sizes of cable glands. ● One type of gland for Weather proof, Waterproof, Flameproof suitable for gas groups IIA & IIB, Zones 1 &2 ● Explosion proof suitable for gas group IIC, Ex – d, Zones 1 & 2. ● Patented and protected.

We also manufacture Conduit, Conduit glands, lock nuts, www.engrreview.com

plugs, reductions, enlargements, adapters,&twisting sleeves.

All these are available ex stock from our factory at Pune.

Our 55 page catalogue has detailed specifications of all the products. It is available on special request and can also be found on our website. www.geissel.com For more information Geissel India Pvt. Ltd., 1102, Mutha Road, Pirangut, Taluka-Mulshi, Pune 412 115 Tel: +91 20 22922125 – Fax: +91 20 22922480 Email: info@geissel-india.com

Air operated double diaphragm

Specification:

Capacity Range- ½ Inch : 0 to 2.5 mtr3/hr 1 Inch : 0 to 6 mtr3/hr 1 ½ Inch: 0 to 14 mtr3/hr 2 Inch : 0 to 30 mtr3/hr 3 Inch: 0 to 45 mtr3/hr Maximum head 70 mtrs.

Advantages of AODD pump

● No seal, No leakage ● No motor, No fire. ● No rotation, No charging, less wear and tear. ● Self priming, No foot A valve needed. ● Pump can run dry ● Variable flow, with PP/PVDF/SS/ALU same pump ● Stop automatic on closing of discharge valve.. ● Can be submerged ● Lightweight, handy in use. ● Can handle solids 2mm to 10 mm. ● Less stock of spare parts to be maintained. ● No skilled person is needed to operator or repair pump. ● Also can be used as metering pump up to accuracy of ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

185

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

3-5% ● In short a very simple and versatile pump.

FLOW – Pulsation APPLICATION

For handling Abrasive adhesive, cement, ceramics, drilling, explosives inks & dyes. Food, Oils, Paints, Pharmaceuticals, Plating Industries, etc For more information Moniba Anand Electricals Pvt. Ltd. (Mumbai) 5, Saphire Building, Gr. Floor, Tirupati Park, Sativalli Road, Village Waliv, Tal. Vasai (E), Opp. To Professional Couriers, Dist- Thane- 401 208, State- Maharashtra. INDIA | Tel.: 0250-6450425/26/27 Contact: Rakesh Engineer : +91 93230 13491 Email: moniba83@gmail.com

Hardness Tester

● Hardness testing of large and heavy objects ● In production line of mass produced components ● Materials identification in stores and warehouses ● In locations with difficult access, or in confined spaces ● Measuring accuracy: +/0.5% ● Impact device: Universal D device - Integrated ● Hardness measurement values include HLD, HRC, HRB, HB, HV, and HS ● Automatic calculation of average and mean test values ● Power: AAA 1.5V batteries (2pcs) ● Weight: 166 g

For more information India Tools & Instruments co.

12/18, Tawa Lane, Unity House, BOMBAY – 400 003.

Tel: 23428862 / 9819345050 Web:www.indiatools.net

186

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Ultrasonic digital thickness gauge

● Easy to operate ultrasonic wall thickness gauge ● Suitable for metal, glass, homogeneous plastics ● Some examples of materials that can be measured: ● Aluminium, brass, cast iron, copper, steel, tin and many other metals ● Nylon, Perspex, polyethylene, PVC, Teflon and other types of plastic ● Ceramics, glass, rubber and many other materials not listed ● Sound velocity range up to 9999 m/s ● Display Resolution 0.1mm / 0.01mm / 0.001mm ● Measuring range: 1mm – 200mm / 300mm For more information India Tools & Instruments co.

12/18, Tawa Lane, Unity House, BOMBAY – 400 003.

Tel: 23428862 / 9819345050 Web:www.indiatools.net

T

Coating thickness gauge combined model

he TT210 Ultrasonic Coating Thickness Gauge is lightweight and versatile. It uses both magnetic induction and Eddy current principles.

Measure from 0-2000/3000 & more upto 20,000 Microns.

Resolution : 0.1 / 1.0 Microns.

Supply with Probes, Battery, Test Pc, Calibrated Foils, Operation Manual in Portable carrying case/ Bag.

For more information India Tools & Instruments co.

12/18, Tawa Lane, Unity House, BOMBAY – 400 003.

Tel: 23428862 / 9819345050 Web:www.indiatools.net Continue on page no.203

www.engrreview.com

JOIN THE GATEWAY TO PROMISING MARKET

Exhibition on Machine Tools & Automation Technology

24-25-26-27 October, 2013 Glada Ground, Chandigarh Road, Opp. Vardhman Mill, Ludhiana.

EXHIBITOR'S PROFILE : Machine Tools, CNC-SPM , Mechanical Engineering, Metal Fabrication, Welding, Robotics, Assembly Tools, Cutting Tools, Electrical, Electronics, Automation & Instrumentation Technology, Auto Components & Parts Industrial Machinery & Part Manufacturers, Material Handling Equipments, Hydraulic & Pneumatics, Gear Motors & Drives, Pump & Valves Industries, Testing & Measuring Industries

BOOK YOUR STALL IN

2nd M : +91 9890677405 email : pune@radeecal.in

EXHIBITION!

M : +91 99740 09653 email : sanyal@radeecal.in In association with

M : +91 9869025868 email : dewang@ckdindia.org Organized by

COMMUNICATIONS

www.emat-int.com Phone : 91-79-2215 1080, 2216 8280

M : +91 9871055846 email : meenal@radeecal.in

JOIN THE GATEWAY TO PROMISING MARKET

Exhibition on Machine Tools & Automation Technology

4-5-6-7 January, 2014 Autocluster Exhibition Centre, Chinchwad, PCMC,

PUNE.

EXHIBITOR'S PROFILE : Machine Tools, CNC-SPM , Mechanical Engineering, Metal Fabrication, Welding, Robotics,

BOOK YOUR STALL IN

Assembly Tools, Cutting Tools, Electrical, Electronics, Automation & Instrumentation Technology, Auto Components & Parts

nd

2 EXHIBITION!

Industrial Machinery & Part Manufacturers, Material Handling Equipments, Hydraulic & Pneumatics,

M : +91 99740 09653 M : +91 9869025868 email : sanyal@radeecal.in email : dewang@ckdindia.org

Gear Motors & Drives, Pump & Valves Industries, Testing & Measuring Industries Organized by

COMMUNICATIONS

www.emat-int.com Phone : 91-79-2215 1080, 2216 8280

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

194

| June 2013

3rd India Nuclear Energy Summit 3rd - 4th October, 2013, Mumbai, India Noppen Conference & Exhibitions Pvt. Ltd. will be hosting the 3rd Annual India Nuclear Energy Summit on 3rd & 4th October, 2013 in Mumbai.

As of 2012, India has 20 nuclear reactors in operation in six nuclear power plants, generating 4,780 MW while seven other reactors are under construction and are expected to generate an additional 5,300 MW. India now envisages increasing the contribution of nuclear power to overall electricity generation capacity from 2.8% to 9% within 25 years. By 2020, India’s installed nuclear power generation capacity will increase to 20,000 MW. The 3rd Annual India Nuclear Energy Summit, 2013 will lay emphasis on all the upcoming and ongoing projects, nuclear safety and security, latest updates on power regulations& policies.

Major Issues to be addressed at the 2013 event: - Nuclear Industry Overview - Exploring Funding Landscape and how to acquire funds for upcoming projects - Environmental Protection in a post Fukushima world.

- Maintaining confidence in nuclear non-proliferation and achieving effective and sustainable use of resources Speakers like R. Bhattacharya from Atomic Energy Regulatory Board will be speaking about the latest government policies and strategies. Among others, Mr. V.P. Raja, Chairman for Maharashtra Electricity Regulatory Commission and Mr. Kocherry Sebastian, MD for Power Age Engineering Consultants are the few eminent speakers participating in this conference.

For more information, please contact – Samantha Dasgupta Regional Marketing Manager Tel: +91 80 4333 4012 Email: Samantha@blr.noppen.com.cn

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

198

| June 2013

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

199

| June 2013

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

MGW precision tools Surface roughness tester SRT-1

Product Feature

● Use DSP chip control and data processing, high speed, low power consumption LCD digital display with backlight function(Do not need to buy another battery) ● Can be measured in several parts of the surface roughness: Planar, curved surface, small hole, slot of the irregular surface.

www.engrreview.com

● Design of electromechanical integration, small volume, lightweight, convenient with measuring value storage function and data storage query ● Can communicate with PC computer for statistics and printing by the optional cable and the soft-

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

203

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

ware for RS232C interface. ● Optional surface sensor, deep groove sensor, measuring platform, connected with a long rod and other accessories. ● Multi parameter measurement: Ra, Rz, Rq, Rt. ● Have Bluetooth features to choose from For more information M/s MOHANLAL GHANSHAMDAS 74, Nagdevi Cross Lane, Mumbai – 400 003. (India) Tel: +91-22-23432980 / 23415258 Fax: +91-22-23428108 E-mail: mg_premkukreja@hotmail.com Web: www.mgwprecision.com

C

OSWAL : Pressure Boosting Series OCPH

arefully designed to regulate the water pressure in the domestic water supply system. It switched ON the pump automatically whenever there is a pressre drop in the pipeline and maintains presetlevel of pressure in the pipe line. It also switches off the pump automatically whenever pumping is not required and there by makes the entire pumping system effective and efficent. The preset pressure level drops as and when the water is drawn. Likewise once the pipeline is closed it completely switched OFF the pump automatically after few seconds. The inbuilt check valve & logic circuit system protect the pump from back flow of water & dry running which enhance the life span of the pump. Certain models of vertical type pressure controls are inbuilt with adjustable pressure gauge wherein the pressure can be set manually based on the requirement.

● Ensures uninterrupted water supply with adequate pressure ● Saves electricity & time ● Protects pump from dry running & back flow of water ● Different models to select. CPV models are supplied with inbuilt pressure gauge

Advantages

● Eliminates need of overhead tank & float switch ● High quality food grade rubber membrance for hygenic water supply ● Ensure uninterrupted water supply with adequate pressure always ● Saves water, electricity & time ● Designed for easy instllation For more information Oswal Pumps Ltd. Oswal Estate, NH 1 Kutail, District Karnal - 132001 (Haryana) India Tel : +91 1846616600 ( 30 lines) Board Number, Fax: +91 1748257700 E-mail: munishrai@oswalpumps.com Web: www.oswalpumps.co.in

J

Ceramic seal rings

yoti Ceramic Industries Pvt. Ltd. has been manufacturing industrial ceramics for over 4 decades and has developed many proprietary ceramic formulations to suit varied products and applications. Our plants are well supported by modern engineering workshop cum tool room to fabricate intricate single and multi station carbide and alloy, steel molding tools for customized requirements.

Application

It can be used for all kinds of small domestic pumps installed in apartments, houses, villas, gardens etc..

Special Features

● Sets free from operating the pump every time

204

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Mechanical seals have become increasingly popular in industry and the best to choose would be those that are: ● Easy to install ● Have the widest range of chemical compatibility ● That operate over a wide range of temperature, pressure and speed The careful choice of the stationary sliding seal ring material is extremely important for the flawless functioning of the system.

Our seal rings are made of specially developed & formulated special grade Alumina ceramic composites and are marketed in our registered trade name Duralox® with varied alumina content from 92 to 96% Al2O3. They are produced in a wide range of sizes and patterns with one or both faces duly lapped or mirror polished to meet custom requirements. Duralox® is characterized by remarkable hardness and resistance to wear, erosion and corrosion by almost all chemicals except hydrofluoric acid and also has a high resistance to traction, pressure and bending. For use in less demanding conditions we also produce seal rings in Steatite ceramics.

If seal rings from our range of sizes do not meet your requirements, we suggest you consult us at the planning stage itself to ascertain the ceramic components with required features so as to enable us to offer suitable customized solutions.

For more information Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt. Ltd. C-21, N.I.C.E, Satpur, Nashik – 422007, INDIA Tel: +91 253 2350120 / 338 / 729, 2351251 E-mail: info@jyoticeramic.com Website: www.jyoticeramic.com

S

Gas leak tracker

UBTRONICS (INDIA) PVT. LTD. an ISOcertified companyhas indegeniously innovated its model 3ST-PT, a versatileinstrument designed to detect and track a wide rangeofgases (available for more than 300 gases).

The portable digital instrument 3ST-PT detects and tracks the presence of target gasand gives an audio-visualindication if thereading increases above a preset level.

Theinstrument is accurate, easy to use, robustanduses latestembedded technology.

Prominent features include Three Status(registered) technology makes it easy for userto judge in a glance, user www.engrreview.com

adjustable alarmbysoft touch keys, bright liquid crystal display,latching alarm, non-volatile memory, passwordprotected critical menu settings, print readingswith date & time, user selectable multiplenumberof prints for quality recordsdocumentation, charging indicator with along battery life.

The robust plastic enclosure is deigned to withstand harsh handling and is supplied in a KITFORMwith (optional) portable printer, flexible probe and other accessories. It has applications with LPG, CNG & PNG pipelines & manifolds,Nuclear, thermal & power generatingstations, automobile plants, cell rooms autoclaves, compressors,pilot plant, GC machines, battery rooms, offices & factories,plantsproducing formaldehyde and coke, laboratories etc.

The company is an Indian Patent holder with experienced staff andprompt after sales service. Subtronics has been manufacturingsafety devices with an experience of over 40 years with 4500 clients to its credit andhas also bagged 31 awards for its contribution to the field ofsafety.

For more information M/s. Subtronics (India) pvt. Ltd. 147, Kaliandas Udyog Bhavan, Near Century Bazar, Prabhadevi, Mumbai - 400 025. INDIA. Tel: +91 (022) 2422 4461 / 2430 3047 (Telefax) E-mail: service@subtronicsindia.com Web: www.subtronicsindia.com

Electronic breath analyser - alcohol

E

lectronic Breath Analyzer Alcohol model PD 6000 is a device to check whether drunk worker should be allowed to work or not. The amount of alcohol in blood stream determines intoxication level. You can check alcohol / judgment level of driver and nightshift workers.

It is handheld, portable, battery operated device. It is instant way to check the drunk worker at entrance gate itself.

Save yourself and property. Just keep in front of the person and switch ON. If breath alcohol concentration has exENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

205

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

ceeded the preset limit then it will give beep - beep alarm.

And the subject drunk person must not be allowed to either drive or work.

For more information Dhakar Engineers Dhakar House, Dhawji Kl Bawdi, Airport Road, Udaipur - 313024 (RAJ), E-mail : dhakareng@hotmail.com.

Tel : 0294-2491960, 0-9352931191, 0-9309304239

C

Cable drag chain

able Drag Chain used in NC & CNC machines, cranes is one of the products designed, developed and manufactured by us. Available in 8 sizes the Cable Drag Chain is made form Polyamide material. The Chain is available with end metal clamps. Enclosed electric cables move along with the drag chain, which moves to & fro with the

PLASTIC CABLE DRAG CHAIN Dimensions & Specifications Given In Our Catalogue Are Subject To Change Without Any Notice.

moving parts of the machine, this improves the electric cable life.

Kumbhojkar Plastic Moulders a trusted name in Engineering Plastics and winner of Prestigious Plasticon Award 2000 for the product Cable Carrier Assembly, has developed product that is used in NC & CNC machines viz.

Cable Drag Chain. The product is designed, developed and manufactured by us. Available in 5 sizes the Cable Drag Chain is made form Polypropylene Glass Filled material.

The individual links can be easily press fitted with hand as per the length requirement. The Chain is available with end metal clamps. Enclosed electric cables, Pneumatic Hoses, Coolant hoses, etc. move along with the drag chain that moves to & fro with the moving parts of the machine.

This improves the life of the enclosed cables or hoses by avoiding direct stretching. Usually one end is fitted on the machine bed with metallic end clamps and the other end is fitted to the moving part of the machine.

We provide you with the metallic end clamp. Also we suggest that in case the length of the Cable Drag chain is more then you should use Cable Guides, so that the drag chain while returning to its position seats in between the guides thus preventing the breakage due to side movement.

For more information Kumbhojkar Plastic Moulders 129, Narayan Peth, Pune – 411 030 or fax your enquiries on 020-4480544 E-mail: sales@kumbhojkarplastics.com Web:www.kumbhojkarplastics.com

Din Rail Mounted Socket & Switches Din Rail Mounting sockets and switches have a unique feature which allows them to be mounted on standard Din 35

206

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Rail. These Switches and Sockets are designed as per Indian Standards and are available in 6 Amps and 16 Amps ratings. The switches are available in single and double pole configurations. These Sockets & Switches need to be wired and snapped inside the Din Rail mounting Frame, which easily snaps on to a standard Din 35 Rail, ensuring ease of installation and maintenance.

Technical Details

shielded cables for electromagnetic protection. These Glands help in maintaining electromagnetic integrity of the shielded cable by just tightening the gland. To get perfect shielding, the outer sheath of the cable is passed through the EMC gland. Tightening the gland enables a special spring inside the gland to come in contact with cable braiding. This not only helps in electromagnetic shielding but also gives an IP68 protection level along with strain relief to the cable. Cable glands with the long thread or reduced clamping are also available in our range.

Technical Details: Material

Brass Nickel Plating

EMC Spring

Copper Berrylium

Plastic Inlet

Polyamide 6

Sealing Ring

Neoprene

O Ring

Protection Class

Perbunan (NBR)

Temperature Range Threads available For more information CONNECTWELL INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. D-7, Phase 2, MIDC, Dombivli - 421 204, India Tel.: +91 251 3980 600, 3980 800; Fax: +91 251 3980 700 Email: connect@connectwell.com Website : www.connectwell.com

EMC Cable Gland EMC Cable Glands are used in applications which involve

208

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Approvals

IP 68

-40 to + 100 Deg. Celsius Pg, Metric

UL, VDE & Halogen Free For more information CONTROLWELL INDIA PVT. LTD. C-203, Prithvi Park, Plot No. 4,5 & 6, Sector 30, Sanpada, Navi Mumbai 400 705.

Tel.: +91 22 2775 6293 Fax: +91 22 2775 8767 email: sales@controlwell.com website: www.controlwell.com

www.engrreview.com

IN SIDE

Information on latest projects in India

PROJECT UPDATE

PROJECT-INDEX Sr. No.

210

Project Category

Pg.No.

1

CONSTRUCTION

211

2

EDUCATION

212

3

HEALTHCARE

213

4

INDUSTRIAL ESTATE

213

5

IRON & STEEL

214

6

POWER

215

7

RENEWABLE ENERGY

216

8

ROADS / HIGHWAYS / BRIDGES

217

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation (PCMC) Mahavir Thallyappa Kamble, City Engineer, 1st Flr, Main Building, Pimpri-411018, Pune. T: 02027425511/12/13/14, 67333333 M: 9922501533, E-mail: m.kamble@pcmcindia.gov.in

CONSTRUCTION

P

lans development of super market in Dharwad under joint venture. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months.

Location : Dharwad, Karnataka Budget : Rs. 120 crore Govt of Karnataka, Directorate of Municipal Administration S S Phatake, Executive Engineer, SP Saali, Assistant Engineer, HDMC Street, Kambali Road, Hubli - 580020, Karnataka.

Tel : 0836- 2213899, M: 9480831915, E-mail: projecthdmp@gmail.com

P

lans to set up 3000 capacity auditorium on the lines of Ganesh Kala Krida Manch, Pimpri. Bids will be invited soon.

Location : Pune, Maharashtra Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation (PCMC) Mahavir Thallyappa Kamble, City Engineer, 1st Flr, Main Building, Pimpri-411018, Pune, Maharashtra, Tel : 020-27425511/12/13/14, 67333333 M: 9922501533, E-mail: m.kamble@pcmcindia.gov.in

P

lans to take up construction of planetarium at Science park, museum of forts near Bhosari lake garden, aquarium near Bird Valley park in Chinchwad. Bids will be invited soon.

Location :Pune, Maharashtra www.engrreview.com

B

agged an order from Dedicated Freight Corridor Corporation of India Ltd for the design and construction of 2x25 kV electrification, signaling, telecommunication and associated works for a double track railway line between new Karwandiya to Durgauti section of the eastern corridor.

Location : Rohtas, District Bihar Budget : Rs. 315 crore Larsen and Toubro Ltd. Piyush Patel, AGM-Business Development (Electrical & Automation), North Wing, Level 0, Powai Campus, Saki Vihar Road, Mumbai-400 072, Tel: 022-67050505, Fax : 022-67051746, E-mail: cic@LNTEBG.com

B

agged a contract from Sunteck Realty Ltd for construction of Sunteck City project spread over 23 acre at Goregaon, Mumbai. It comprises 6 mn sq.ft of mixed used development that will be launched in multiple phases.

Location : Mumbai, Maharashtra Larsen & Toubro Ltd. BN Sheth, Regional Manager-ECC, Landmark ‘A’, II & III Floor, Suren Road, Off Andheri-Kurla Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 093.

Tel : 022-66965200, Fax : 022-66965345, E-mail: bn_sheth@LNTECC.com

C

onstruction of ITI administrative building and work shop building at Biloli. Completion period: 18 months.

Location :Nanded, Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 7.77 crore Government of Maharashtra, Public Works Department

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

211

PROJECT UPDATE

Vijay Kumar Bharasurkar, Executive Engineer, PWD Campus, Bhokar, District Nanded, Maharashtra, Tel : 02467-222658/ 222602, M: 9422173327, E-mail: vrbharasurkar@gmail.com.

Tel: 0674-2542784, 2540820, M: 9861041067, F: 2542956, E-mail: jallaludin.khan@idco.in

P

lans construction of administrative block, library block and chowkider quarter for degree college at Larnoo Vailoo, Anantnag. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months. Completion period: 600 days.

Location : Anantnag, Jammu & Kashmir Budget : Rs. 1.55 crore Govt of Jammu & Kashmir, Public Works Department Abdul Rashid Bhat, Executive Engineer, RNB Division vailoo Daksum, Jammu and Kashmir.

T: 01965-220168, 0194-2311364, M: 9419174012, E-mail: rnbdivisionvailoo@rediffmail.com.

T

he construction of hostel building for Odisha Forest Rangers College at Angul has started. Completion period: 9 months.

Location : Angul, Orissa Budget : Rs. 1.04 crore Orissa Industrial Infrastructure Development Corporation Jallaluddin Khan, Planning & Coordination Manager, DCO, IDCO Towers, Janpath, Bhubaneswar751022, Orissa.

T: 0674-2542784,2540820, M: 9861041067 F: 2542956, E-mail: jallaludin.khan@idco.in

T

he construction of hostel building for Odisha Forest Rangers College at G.Udayagiri has started. Completion period: 9 months.

Location :Kandhamal, District Orissa Budget : Rs. 1.31 crore Orissa Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Jallaluddin Khan, Planning & Coordination Manager, DCO, IDCO Towers, Janpath, Bhubaneswar-751022, Orissa.

212

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

EDUCATION

T

he state government in collaboration with the Union Ministry of Human Resources Development (MHRD) plans to set up a world-class university in the state. The project is in preliminary stage.

Location : Karnataka Govt of Karnataka, Department of Higher Education Mr. R V Deshpande, Minister Rajnish Goyal, Principal Secretary, Dept of Higher Education, Bangalore, Karnataka.

Tel : 080-22252437, M: 09449039039

P

lans to set up an IIT in Raichur district. Talks are on with Union Ministry of Human Resources Development (MHRD) in this regard.

Location : Raichur, Karnataka Govt of Karnataka, Department of Higher Education R V Deshpande, Minister Rajnish Goyal, 6yPrincipal Secretary, Dept of Higher Education, Bangalore,Karnataka.

Tel: 080-22252437, M: 09449039039 Continue on page no.213

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

P

lans to set up Teachers training academy. This project is in preliminary stage.

Location : Karnataka Govt of Karnataka, Department of Higher Education Mr. R V Deshpande, Minister Rajnish Goyal, Principal Secretary, Dept of Higher Education, Bangalore,Karnataka.

Tel: 080-22252437, M: 09449039039

P

lans to establish a campus of Indian Institute of Information Technology in Dharwad, for which 50 acre of land had already been acquired in this regard.

Location : Dharwad, Karnataka Govt of Karnataka, Department of Higher Education Mr. R V Deshpande, Minister Mr. Rajnish Goyal, Principal Secretary, Dept of Higher Education, Bangalore,Karnataka.

Tel : 080-22252437, M: 09449039039

Tel : 0240-2333536 to 40

P

lans 100 bedded hospital in Bhosari. Bids will be invited soon.

Location : Pune, Maharashtra Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation (PCMC) Mahavir Thallyappa Kamble, City Engineer, 1st Flr, Main Building, Pimpri-411018, Pune, Maharashtra Tel : 020-27425511-14, 67333333, M: 9922501533, E-mail: m.kamble@pcmcindia.gov.in

U

S-based company plans to open around 300 clinics across the country by 2017. 40 clinics are planned in next year focussing mainly on Northern India, including Location :NCR and Punjab Budget : Rs. 150 crore Star Dental Centre Pvt Ltd Rahul Sethi, Marketing Manager, C-4/8, Safdarjung Development Area, New Delhi– 110016.

Tel : 011-26561234, M: 08800455550, E-mail:dentish@clovedentist.in

HEALTHCARE

P

lans to set up 250 bedded multispeciality hospital on BOT basis. Bids will be invited soon. The completion is targeted in 36 months.

Location : Aurangabad, Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 100 crore Aurangabad Municipal Corporation (AMC) Sikander Ali, Executive Engineer in Chief, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Maharashtra.

www.engrreview.com

INDUSTRIAL ESTATE

P

lans to set up 4 electronics manufacturing clusters (EMCs) in A.P. The Government is looking at submitting the project details of the cluster to be set up in Vizag to the Centre.

Continue on page no.214

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

213

PROJECT UPDATE

Continue from page no.213 Location : Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh Government of Andhra Pradesh, IT and Communication Department Shaukat Hussain Madani, Assistant Director (Promotion), 3rd Floor, D Block, AP Secretariat, Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh.

Tel : 040-23450048, E-mail: shawket@ap.gov.in

P

lans to set up Spice Park at Kota in Rajasthan for coriander and cumin.

Location : Kota, Rajasthan Spices Board Mr. A. Jayathilak Chairman K Jagannathan, Asst Director (Marketing), Sugandha Bhavan, NH

By Pass, Palarivattom, P.O. Cochin - 682025, Kerala.

Tel : 0484-2333610 , Fax : 0484-2334429, E-mail: jagannathan.k@nic.in

P

lans to set up Mint park spread over an area of 11.79 acre in Sadar Tehsil at Rae Bareli in Uttar Pradesh. The foundation stone for the project was laid recently.

Location : Rae Bareli, Uttar Pradesh Budget : Rs. 19 crore Spices Board Mr. A. Jayathilak Chairman K Jagannathan, Asst Director (Marketing), Sugandha Bhavan, NH

By Pass, Palarivattom, P.O. Cochin - 682025, Kerala.

Tel : 0484-2333610 , Fax : 0484-2334429, E-mail: jagannathan.k@nic.in

214

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

IRON & STEEL

P

lans to set up a special steel processing unit near Patna.

Location : Patna, Bihar Budget : Rs. 200 crore Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd (RINL) Mr. A.P. Choudhary, CMD B Satyendra, AGM-Corp Comm, Main Administration Bldg, Visakhapatnam- 530031.

Andhra Pradesh.

Tel : 0891-2518017, 2519265, Fax : 0891-2518017,

P

lans to set up 3 MTPA steel plant in Jharkhand. Talks are on with the State Government in this regard. The location will depends upon the availability of iron ore and based on the techno economic feasibility of the same including land availability and water etc.

Location : Jharkhand Budget : Rs. 16500 crore Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd (RINL) Mr. A.P. Choudhary, CMD B Satyendra, AGM-Corp Comm, Main Administration Bldg, Visakhapatnam-530031.

Andhra Pradesh.

Tel : 0891-2518017, 2519265, Fax : 0891-2518017, E-mail: satyendra_ban@vizagsteel.com Continue on page no.215

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

Continue from page no.214

T

he company proposes to set up a beneficiation plant and a steel rolling mill with the initial capacity of one million tonne each and plans to double or treble capacity in stages.

Location : Jharkhand Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd (RINL) Mr. A.P. Choudhary, CMD B Satyendra, AGM-Corp Comm, Main Administration Bldg, Visakhapatnam-530031. Andhra Pradesh.

Tel : 0891-2518017, 2519265, Fax : 0891-2518017,

T

he company is ramping up its steel making capacity to 6.3 MTPA at its Vizag facility from 3 MTPA. This will be further scaled upto 12 MTPA in stages.

Location : Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd (RINL) Mr. A.P. Choudhary, CMD B Satyendra, AGM-Corp Comm, Main Administration Bldg, Visakhapatnam- 530031.

Andhra Pradesh.

Tel : 0891-2518017, 2519265, Fax : 0891-2518017, E-mail: satyendra_ban@vizagsteel.com

been laid recently. The construction of the factory will start shortly and commence production in 24 months.

Location : Bhandara, Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 500 crore Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd Mr. B Prasada Rao, CMD Mr. Rohit Singh, Manager-Corp Comm, BHEL House, Siri Fort, New Delhi -110049.

Tel: 011-23365669, 23742017-20, Fax : 011-26493021, M: 09910997301, E-mail: bhelrohit@gmail.com

S

etting up 2x500 MW Marwa Thermal Power Project. The first unit of 500 MW is expected to be commissioned by August, 2013 and the second unit of 500 MW is targeted by December.

Location : Korba, Chhattisgarh Budget : Rs. 5499.39 crore Chhattisgarh State Power Generation Company Ltd A K Singh, Project Engineer, Korba, Chhattisgarh-495451, Tel : 07817-200412, Fax : 07817 221394, M: 0922903574

T

POWER

S

etting up a new greenfield power equipment fabrication plant at Bhandara. The land acquisition process is in advanced stages of completion. The foundation stone has www.engrreview.com

he renovation work of Poringalkuthu Hydroelectric Power Project has started. The completion will take a year.

Location :Poringalkuthu, Kerala Budget : Rs. 7.90 crore Kerala State Electricity Board Nandan, Chief Engineer (Projects- Electrical Designs), Vydyuthi Bhavanam, Pat-torn, Thiruvananthapuram- 695004, Kerala.

Tel : 0471-2514478/ 0471-2555030, Fax : 0471-2447672, E-mail: ceprojects@ksebnet.com Continue on page no.216

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

215

PROJECT UPDATE

Continue from page no.215

RENEWABLE ENERGY

P

lans to set up a 5 MW solar power plant in Andhra Pradesh. The work is in preliminary stage. Location not yet finalised.

Location : Andhra, Pradesh Sonali Energees Pvt Ltd. Mr. Nitin Desai, MD Sushil Joshi, Marketing Executive, C-208, Belgium Chambers, Ring Road, Surat-395003, Gujarat, Tel: 0261-2601208, Fax : 0261-2452501, M: 09879568011, E-mail: sales@sonalisolar.com

C

hennai-based firm plans to develop a 25 MW solar power project near Coimbatore.

Location : Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu Swelect Energy Systems Ltd. Mr. R. Chellappan, MD J Siddhart, Project Engineer, Numeric House, 3rd loor, No. 5, Sir P. S. Sivasamy Salai, Mylapore, Chennai - 600004.

Tel: 044-24993266, Fax: 044-24995179, E-mail: siddhart.j@swelectes.com

B

agged an order from MLR Industries to set up 2 MW solar photovoltaic power project at Nalgonda. The scope of the work comprise designing of the solar power

216

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

plant, engineering, supply of modules, procurement, installation, testing and commissioning. The work will start in 2-3 months.

Location : Nalgonda, Andhra Pradesh Emmvee Photovoltaic Power Pvt Ltd. Mr. D V Manjunatha, MD Mohan Murli, General ManagerSales, #13/1, International Airport Road, Bettahalasur Post, Bangalore – 562157.

Tel: 080-43233511, E-mail: info@emmvee.in

P

lans to set up 20 MW wind power project at Jaisalmer.

The company has achieved financial closure. The entire project cost has been funded on a 75:25 debtequity ratio. The company has signed Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with the Rajasthan Renewable Energy Corporation.

Location : Jaisalmer, Rajasthan Welspun Energy Ltd. Vineet Mittal, Co-founder & MD Soni Shrivastav, Media Manager, 3rd Floor, The Press Trust of India Building, 4 Parliament Street, New Delhi - 110001.

Tel: 011- 66034600, Fax : 011-66273091, E-mail: soni_shrivastav@welspun.com

S

etting up a 11 MW solar power project at Deh, Bikaner.

The completion is targeted within a month.

Location : Bikaner, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 110 crore Location : Narbheram Vishram Shivkant Choudhary, Manager (Projects), 6th Floor, Avani Signature, 91A/1, Park Street, Kolkata-700016, Tel: 033-40118400, E-mail: shivkant.choudhary@athagroup.in

S

etting up 100 MW wind farm project near Coimbatore.

The project is a part of Mytrah’s 240 MW expansion programme. This project will complete by September 2013.

Location : Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu Mytrah Energy (India) Ltd. Mr. U.B. Reddy,

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

Chief Operating Oficer C R Srinivas, Project Head, 8001, Q City, S.No:109 Nanakramguda, Gachibowli Hyderabad - 500032, Tel : 040-33760100, cr.srinivas@mytrah.com, Web: www.mytrah.com

ROADS / HIGHWAYS / BRIDGES

N

HAI aims to expedite the six laning of AhmedabadMumbai stretch. This project would be executed under design, build, finance, operate and transfer (DBFOT) basis.

Location : Ahmedabad, Gujarat National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) Anil Kumar Sharma, General Managers, G 5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka, New Delhi - 110075.

Tel : 011-25074100, 25074200, Fax : 011-25093507, 25093514, M: 9968309230

T

he Eastern Road Corridor Project is planned in Jamshedpur. This project would be taken up on a public private partnership with Govt of Jharkhand and Tata Steel as partners.

Location : Jamshedpur, Jharkhand Tata Steel Ltd R K Ahuja, Sr Consultant, Bara, Jamshedpur-831009, Jharkhand,

www.engrreview.com

Tel : 0657-6624200, E-mail: rk.ahuja@tatabluescopesteel.com

T

he state government has given inprinciple nod for four bridges connecting Goshree Islands. The project will connect Moolampilly-Pizhala, Valiya KadamakkudyChathanad, Pizhala-Valiya Kadamakkudy and PizhalaCheriya Kadamakkudy islands. The work is likely to start soon.

Location : Goshree, Kerala Budget : Rs.160 crore Goshree Islands Development Authority Shahji Joseph, Town Planner, Park Avenue, Old Collectorate Campus Cochin- 682011.

Tel : 0484- 2360120, M: 09895060120

P

lans four laning of Amritsar to Bathinda section (km 103.00 to 287.500) of NH 15 in Punjab on DBFOT under NHDP IV. Location : Amritsar, Punjab Govt of Punjab, Public Works Department Mr. Sukhdev Singh, Executive Engineer, Central Works Division, Ferozepur, Punjab.

Tel : 01632-242828.

M: 9876634159, 9779935115.

E-mail: eecuufzr@gmail.com

B

agged a contract for construction of Bikram Chowk flyover, widening & strengthening of road from Bikram Chowk to Convent school in Jammu.

Location : Jammu & Kashmir Budget : Rs. 64.30 crore Valecha Engineering Ltd. Mr. J. K. Valecha, MD Gauri Dikshit, Deputy Manager (Tendering), Valecha Chambers, 4th loor, Plot no. B-6, New Link Road, Andheri (W), Mumbai - 400053.

Tel : 022-26733589, Fax : 022-26733945

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JUNE 2013 |

217

PROJECT UPDATE

P

lans construction of road from Harirdham to Kadamtala at Tufangang under Cooch Bihar. Completion period: 240 days.

Location : Hirirdham, Bihar Budget : Rs. 2.10 crore North Bengal Development Department Mr. Nihar Vishwas, Executive Engineer, Vivekananda Bhawan, Hill Cart Road, Pradhan Nagar, Siliguri - 734 003, Darjeeling, West Bengal.

Tel: 033-22145484, M: 9800671881, E-mail: niharkanti.99@gmail.com.

he authority is executing 600 metre flyover at Subhash Chowk. The construction work has started and completion is targeted in 18 months.

Location :Sonipat, Haryana Budget : Rs. 21 crore Haryana Urban Development Authority Mahipal, Junior Engineer, HUDA Ofď Śice Complex, C-3, Sector 6, Panchkula, Haryana.

Tel : 0172 -2567857, 2564048, 2560605, 2322995, E-mail: huda@hry.nic.in

P

T

lans construction of road under bridge at LC No. 58 C on Jodhpur- Osian-Phalodi road. Completion period: 6 months.

Location : Jodhpur, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 8.60 crore Rajasthan State Road Development & Construction Corporation Ltd. Mr. Anil Sharma, MD Mr. Anil Sharma, Project Ofď Śicer, Setu Bhawan, Opposite Jhalana Doongari, Jaipur-Agra Bypass, Jaipur-302004, Rajasthan.

Tel : 0141-2711386-88, M: 9829290791, Fax : 0141-2711178, E-mail: anil23sept@gmail.com

T

he work on six laning of Ahmedabad and Vadodara highway project has already begun and the financial closure is expected soon. Completion would be in next 2 years.

Location :Ahmedabad, Gujarat Budget : Rs. 3300 crore National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) Mr. Anil Kumar Sharma, General Managers, G 5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka, New Delhi - 110075.

Tel : 011-25074100, 25074200, Fax : 011-25093507,25093514,

218

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

M: 9968309230

T

he four laning of Kiratpur-Manali expressway has received an approval from Ministry of Environment and Forests for land aquisition process. The state govt has started the land acquisition process for this project.

Location : Manali, Himachal Pradesh Budget : Rs. 2300 crore IL&FS Engineering and Construction Company Ltd Tarun Udwala, Sr Manager-CC, # 6-3-1186 / 1&2, Plot # 12, IL&FS Engineering House, Begumpet, Hyderabad- 500016.

Tel : 040-40409333, 40409540, 23408100, Fax : 40409444, 23401107, E-mail: tarun_udwala@ilfsengg.com

T

he strengthening, black topping and widening of Parola-Dharangaon- Sonwad-Paldhi road has started.

Gayatri Construction is the contractor. The completion period is 6 months.

Location :Dharangaon, Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 0.72 crore Govt of Maharashtra, Public Works Department Ramakant Surwaade, Deputy Engineer, Public Works Division, Nashik, Maharashtra.

Tel : 02587-224112, 0253-2576249, M: 9422053288

www.engrreview.com

BOLDLY

ROLL INTRODUCING ALL TERRAIN MOBILITY. NEW 9460/9470 RS (REMOTE SYSTEM) RALS MOBILITY MODELS WITh REMOTE ACTIvATION

Whether in uncharted territory or on a gravel road, rough terrain can be a challenge. Pelican’s new RALS mobility models help you overcome this challenge with A 3.8cm heavy duty polyurethane wheels, B stable base, and C telescoping handle.

E

F

RALS TECHNOLOGY FEATURES:

C

Remote Activation FOB Ability to activate or deactivate from a distance up to 60 feet (set of two included ).

G D D

A B

Intelligent Control • Full color LCD display • Intuitive, easy to use controls • Tailored run time control • Run Time from 7 hrs. (high) to 40 hrs. (low).

Total light output up to 12,000 lumens (3,000 per head) • Battery level display • Charging level indicator

F

360° rotating/180° pivoting heads Quick release extension lock

G

12V power outlet

E

www.pelican.com/er

Pelican Products and Services India Pvt. Ltd. Level “4”, Augusta Point, Sector-53, Golf Course Road, Gurgaon 122002 Haryana, India Tel +91 124 4354148• Fax +91 124 4354001

All trademarks are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Pelican Products, Inc., its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

NEWS UPDATE

SKF solutions for the traditional energy industries

W

ith global demand for traditional energy continuing to grow, particularly in the Asia Pacific regions, the race is on to find new sources and boost efficiencies in existing power generation facilities and oil and gas onshore and offshore operations. For over 100 years, SKF has been helping equipment manufacturers and end-users worldwide to improve at every phase of the assets’ life cycle.

Combining expertise in bearings, seals, lubrication, mechatronics and services with decades of industry experience, SKF has a range of integrated solutions to help increase production, reduce the need for maintenance and extend machine service life while cutting energy consumption and lowering costs.

Innovative developments

SKF magnetic bearings can mean less maintenance and environmental impact in traditional energy applications.

Because magnetic bearings operate with no metalto-metal contact, there is virtually no bearing friction generated and no bearing wear. The simplified, hermetic design also eliminates the need for seals, and with them, the need for big-footprint lubrication systems.

Combined, these features reduce maintenance demands and noise while eliminating emissions and lessening the risk of gas leaks.

Applications include gas storage compressors; gas treatment turboexpanders; gas lift or reinjection compressors; sub-sea compressors; gas transport compressors; Ethylene / Polyethylene compressors; industrial air compressors; power generation

222

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

turbo-generators; pressure let down turbogenerators.

Recently SKF announced it will supply magnetic bearings to two new major gas projects in Australia.

SKF magnetic bearings will equip the natural gas treatment turbo expanders for the Ichthys Gas Field project and SKF oil-free, frictionless active magnetic bearings will be used at the Prelude FLNG barge.

SKF Supergrip bolts, widely used in North America and Europe to help to drive uptime, availability and profitability in power generation, can also benefit Chinese energy industries. These bolts significantly reduce turbine coupling dismounting /mounting time and costs. After long service, conventional fitted coupling bolts can seize, making removal difficult and dangerous. To free the bolts requires man hours and lost power generation, while reassembly can involve hours of fitting bolts, honing holes and “mauling” bolts into place with a sledgehammer. SKF Supergrip bolts remove the risk of adding hours or days to scheduled outages.

Designed for insertion and removal with an initial clearance fit, SKF Supergrip bolts eliminate seized and jammed bolts. Once tension and expansion pressure is released, the bolts slide out as easily as they slide in. SKF Supergrip bolts also simplify hole machining and require no bolt grinding, eliminating re-reaming and re-honing.

They also eliminate coupling slippage, help simplify shaft alignment, and can be used repeatedly for the life of the turbine.

Applications include steam turbine couplings, gas turbine couplings and generator couplings.

Service and support SKF has a wide range of highly specialized expert services - from engineering consultancy services to optimize equipment design, application engineering and mechanical services to consulting services to optimize asset management for end users - available from SKF Solution Factories. An SKF Solution Factory is a facility to directly transfer SKF knowledge engineering to industries such as oil and gas and power generation. This gives access in one place to the SKF’s five knowledge platforms - bearings, seals, mechatronics, lubrication, and services.

Well-established Energy Industry Service Centres are located in Aberdeen, Scotland and Stavanger, Norway and perform predictive and proactive maintenance programmes, provide remote diagnostics by expert analysts and condition monitoring expertise and technologies to offshore drilling operations and production platforms. SKF Asset Management Services staff experts can perform root cause failure analysis (RCFA) on critical equipment and recommend appropriate equipment upgrades to solve recurring application problems.

SKF is a leading global supplier of bearings, seals, mechatronics, lubrication systems, and services which include technical support, maintenance and reliability services, engineering consulting and training.

SKF is represented in more than 130 countries and has around 15,000 distributor locations worldwide.

Annual sales in 2011 were SEK 66,216 million and the number of employees was 46,039.

For more information Web: www.skf.com

www.engrreview.com

Frequency Inverter

Servo Inverter

Your inverter with servo qualities The Inverter Drives 8400 TopLine is equipped with everything you need for high dynamics and precision. Its resolver input is joined by a multi-encoder input which gives optimum connection to a range of feedback systems. The 8400 TopLine realises your servo applications simply effortlessly.

Registered office: Lenze Mechatronics Pvt. Ltd. +91 (20) 6631 8100 | E-mail: marketing@lenze.in | www.Lenze.com Delhi: +91 (11) 2735 2112 | Calcutta : +91 (33) 2419 0490 | Bangalore: +91 (80) 2860 3352

As easy as that.

NEWS UPDATE

Elster Energy ICT Applies Telit technology in energy management system GL865-DUAL Embedded in Elster Energy ICT’s AM110-R Communication Module for Wireless Wide-area Network Connectivity

T

elit Wireless Solutions, a global provider of highquality machine-to-machine (M2M) solutions, products and services, today announced that the company’s GL865DUAL, smallest GSM/GPRS dualband 900/1800 wireless module in LCC-castellation packaging is to become the cellular M2M technology integrated into ElsterEnergyICT’s AM110-R Communication Module.

The AM110-R provides wireless wide-area network connectivity for Elster’s AS300 Smart electricity meter. Elster Energy ICT develops complete, end-to-end solutions that deliver the insight, intelligence and information needed to power energy management and smart grid strategies formulti-site, commercial organizations and to support asset management, load optimization and customer services at utilities of all sizes.

As an integral part of Elster’s advanced metering infrastructure solution, the AS300 offers utilities the ability to manage data from smart electricity, gas and water meters. With a comprehensive array of interchangeable features and functions, Elster plans to propose country specific variants of the AS300

224

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

meeting the varying and unique market specific requirements across Europe. It offers a modular solution for wide area network (WAN)/local area network (LAN) and home area network (HAN) communication infrastructures. This modular design allows utilities the flexibility to quickly and easily exchange communications technologies throughout the life of the meter to future prooftheir investment as technology and regulatory requirements evolve. The AS300 can be easily integrated with meter data management (MDM) and head end applications. Its range of communications solutions ensures secure and reliable two-way communication fromthe metering devices all the way through to the utilities backend.

Elster EnergyICT offers a range of communication devices for both the Smart Grid and Energy Management systems. Many utilities around the globe put daily trust in these devices enabling a level of interoperability for their existing and new multi-vendor metering infrastructure. This makes it easier to manage and operate their network, and apply new Smart Grid use cases.

The Telit xL865 is a Telit module family featuring a compact LCC castellation packaging that offers the option for manual soldering and removal, making this product suitable for low-volume niche applications.

The GL865-DUAL variant in its LCC castellation packaging technology, ultra-small form factor, excellent

energy efficiency, and low unit price is the ideal module for mobile applications from low to highvolume across all industries. Areas of application include smart metering, medical monitoring equipment, miniaturized security systems, and tracking devices for people, animals, and assets.

“The utility sector is vibrating with demand for solutions such as ElsterEnergyICT’s multi-utility approach”, said Emmanuel MaçonDauxerre, VP Global Energy Segment at Telit Wireless Solutions. “These types of solutions serving various vendors, technologies and utilities are as elegant as they are a very viable path forward for this segment which is seeking to achieve total rationalization in use of resources.

The GL865-DUAL is totally in line with this rationalization focus. It is dual-band product for the European market which can be easily replaced when needed by its quad-band sibling for other markets.”

Ten years on, leveraging the industry’s broadest portfolio of hardware in cellular, short range and positioning technologies, artfully complemented by services and connectivity from m2mAIR, Telit is M2M’s One Stop Shop for system integrators. By applying products and services in synergizing bundles, delivered with global support and logistics matching each individual need or want, Telit minimizes technical risk shortening time to Continue on page no.226

www.engrreview.com

NEWS UPDATE

Continued from page no.224 market to the Internet of Things.

Now, innovate!

About Telit

Telit Wireless Solutions (AIM: TCM listed under Telit Communications PLC), a global enabler of machineto-machine (M2M) communications providing cellular, short range and positioning module products; and through its business unit m2mAIR, M2M managed and value added services, including connectivity. Telit is M2M’s top one-stop-shop offering synergistic hardware and value added services bundles. With over 12 years exclusively in M2M, the company constantly advances technology through six R&D centers around the globe; and markets products and services in over 80 countries.

By supplying scalable products interchangeable across families, technologies and generations, Telit is able to curb development costs, protect design investments and reduce technical risk. The company provides customer support and design-in assistance through 27 sales and support offices, a global distributor network of experts with over 30 competence centers, and the Telit Technical Support Forum.

Telit connects organizations to the Internet of Things (IoT) allowing them to wirelessly collect, process and respond to real-world data from connected devices, creating new efficiencies, revenue streams, societal and personal benefits.

Join the conversation and learn more about Telit and its customers’ innovative applications on Facebook and Twitter.

For more inforamtion E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

226

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

AirLive face recognition & detection by IVS IPCam (BU-3026-IVS)@ Computex 2013

A

irLive, one of the most advanced

international

IP Surveillance Networking products and solu-

tions provider is announced its participation at Computex 2013 (Taipei,

Taiwan World Trade Center Hall 1, Booth: A0618).

AirLive will showcase its latest

Surveillance Networking Solutions, and

innovative

products:

Face

Recognition & Detection IVS IPCam, Speed Dome, FishEye IPCam, 5 and

3 Megapixels IPCam, Cloud Viewing IPCam, Megapixel IPCam, and 802.3at PoE Switches.

AirLive supports vary product

lines to provide IP Surveillance Networking Solutions which applied

to all applications from Home, Enterprise, Retails, Business (Hotel,

Shopping Mall), Public Constructions (Station, Train Station, and Airport),

WISP, etc. For more information about AirLive products, please visit our website: www.airlive.com

One of AirLive’s Major Demo,

Face-recognition & detection by IVS IPCam (BU-3026-IVS) setting at the

Enhance of all private building such as: Office, Factory, VIP, and High-

Secured Room. Workers step before

a device that scans their face before they enter a secure work area.

Face-recognition & detection by

IVS IPCam (BU-3026-IVS) is able to help tracing the video record easily, and increase system’s efficiency and

reduce system’s loading.

About AirLive

With nearly twenty-year networking

expertise, AirLive stands for the high

performance and top value to Government, Banking, Telco/ISP/WISP, Edu-

cation, Hotel, system integrators(SI), distributors in the world. “Simple

yet powerful networking”, AirLive

provides high quality / performance and reliable surveillance network-

ing solutions to AirLive partners and continuously devotes itself to provide the innovative products and solution

to connect people’s lives across the globe as “AirLive is in your Life”.

For more information AirLive products, Website: www.airlive.com

www.engrreview.com

In prehistoric age, we learned how to

CREATE FIRE

In middle age, we learned how to

USE FIRE In NEWAGE ,

we learn how to be P R O T E C T E D

FROM FIRE

PRODUCTS : FIRE-FIGHTING HOSES & ACCESSORIES, SPRINKLERS & ANCILLARY PRODUCTS, WATER & FOAM MONITORS & NOZZLES, FIRE HYDRANT & ANCILLARY PRODUCTS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS, FOAM EQUIPMENTS & ACCESSORIES

SYSTEMS : FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS - WATER, FOAM, DCP & GAS

4, Champaklal Industrial Estate,Sion (E) Mumbai - 400 022 (INDIA) | T : +91-22 2407 7421 / 22 | F : +91-22 2407 1320 info@newagefireprotection.com | www.newagefireprotection.com | Facebook: newagegroupindia

NEWS UPDATE

ExxonMobil launches a new signum laboratory in Asia Pacific Investment at the Shanghai Technology Center demonstrates commitment to support the growing lubricants market in China and Asia Pacific

E

xxonMobil opened its new Asia Pacific Signum Laboratory at the ExxonMobil Shanghai Technology Center. The new laboratory in China is the company’s first in the Asia Pacific region and provides customers direct access to high quality oil analysis to help improve their equipment performance.

Signum, ExxonMobil’s oil analysis program, leverages more than 40 years of oil analysis expertise and is designed specifically to help evaluate the condition of in-service lubricants. It is a quick and noninvasive way to gauge the health of a machine and help achieve optimum performance.

“The new Signum Laboratory at the Shanghai Technology Center extends ExxonMobil’s technology footprint in China and the Asia Pacific region and enables us to better support customers in the region,” said Darrin Talley, vice president, marketing, ExxonMobil Fuels, Lubricants & Specialties Marketing Company. “With the Mobil branded lubricant business growing steadily in China and the Asia Pacific region, more and more customers are requesting superior oil analysis to improve productivity and reduce downtime. The new Signum Laboratory will help meet customers’ requests quickly through technical application expertise.”

The Signum Laboratory at the Shanghai Technology Center

228

| JUNE 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

is designed to exacting laboratory standards and complies with stringent quality requirements.

ExxonMobil has full control of the laboratory operations, quality assurance, data integrity, equipment reliability, and safety standards.

The Signum Laboratory provides access to the Company’s centralized database of oil analysis results and is capable of handling several hundred analyses a day. The lab then generates a comprehensive analysis report for most client applications in 24 to 48 hours after sample reception.

“At ExxonMobil, we take pride in providing high quality services.

Our network of engineers is globally connected to equipment builders, which gives us intimate knowledge of lubricant compositions and requirements for modern equipment.

The decision to operate our own lab at the Shanghai Technology Center is a key strategy for us. By integrating this wealth of information, we are now able to provide an even more comprehensive level of service to our customers in this fast-growing and important market.” said W. Berlin Genetti, global lab operations manager, ExxonMobil Research & Engineering Company.

ExxonMobil’s Signum oil analysis examines lubricant properties, contamination levels, and wear debris. When oil analysis results are regularly tracked, maintenance trends can be identified, helping machine-owners to improve

productivity by avoiding costly repairs and sudden breakdowns.

Signum oil analysis helps extend oil life by pinpointing proper oil drain and filter change intervals of different lubrication systems. By doing this, customers can reduce waste and also improve the efficiency and durability of their industrial equipment, further supporting environmental care.

About ExxonMobil Fuels, Lubricants & Specialties Marketing Company

ExxonMobil Fuels, Lubricants & Specialties Marketing Company is a leading marketer of fuels, finished lubricants, asphalts and specialty products, as well as one of the world’s largest suppliers of lubricant basestocks.

The term “ExxonMobil” is used for the sake of convenience to include all affiliated entities, and is not intended to override the corporate separateness of those entities.

For more information Web: www.exxonmobil.com

www.engrreview.com

24 25 26 PRAGATI MAIDAN, NEW DELHI

International Exhibition & Conference on

INDIAN COMPOSITES &

ADVANCED MATERIALS INDUSTRY

Fibre Glass | FRP | GRP | Core Material | Colours & Pigments | Release Agents Thermosetting Resin | Thermoplastic Resin | Speciality Chemicals | Honeycomb Panels High Performance Materials | Polyurethane | Carbon Fibre | CNC | Moulds

www.IndiaCompositesShow.com For space booking, contact:

Manik Chaudhary +91-9990626964 manik.chaudhary@reedmanch.com

Organised By

Media Partner

| |

ADVERTISERS INDEX COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

A

COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

G

A.C. AUTOMATION

201

GANDHI AUTOMATIONS PVT. LTD.

5

ALLIED POWER SOLUTIONS

125

GEISSEL INDIA PVT. LTD.

113

ARMSEL MHE PVT.LTD.

23

GEM TELERGON SWITCHGEARS PVT. LTD.

105

ATLAS COPCO COMPRESSOR TECHNIQUE

23

GH CRANES INDIA PVT LTD

87

AUTOMATION INDIA WELDING TECHNOLOGY (P) LTD.

139

GUNNEBO INDIA PVT. LTD.

38

B

H

BHAWAL STEEL AGENCY

207

BOGE COMPRESSORS (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

37

BOSCH REXROTH INDIA LTD.

INSIDE FRONT COVER

C C & S ELECTRIC LIMITED

7

COGNEX SENSORS INDIA PVT. LTD.

19

CONNECTWELL INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

67

CONTROLWELL INDIA PVT. LTD.

69

CST SENSORS INDIA PVT.LTD.

FRONT GATEFOLD

D

HAAS AUTOMATION INDIA PVT. LTD.

FALSE COVER & BOOKMARK

HANNOVER MILANO FAIRS

56

HARTING (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

63

HEAVY METAL & TUBES LTD.

196

HEAVY METAL PIPECENTRE

195

HENSEL ELECTRIC INDIA (P) LTD.

76-77

HI TECH INTERNATIONAL

140-141

HOLTZMAN SYSTEMS LIMITED

91

HYUNDAI WIA

INSIDE FRONT COVER II

I

DMG / MORI SEIKI INDIA

BACK PAGE

DOWEL ENGINEERING WORKS

133

E

IGUS (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

57

IMTOS 2013

150

INDEXPO 2013

188

E4 EVENTS

148

INDIA COMPOSITES SHOW 2013

230

ELECTRONICS DEVICES

149

INDIA NUCLEAR ENERGY SUMMIT 2013

198

EMAT 2013

190 & 192

INDIA TOOLS & INSTRUMENTS CO.

173 & 175

ENGIMACH 2013

152

INDUCTOTHERM GROUP

55

EPCOS INDIA PVT. LTD.

81

IPTEX 2014

194

ERWIN JUNKER MASCHINENFABRIK GMBH

79

IPVS - 2013

154

ESSENTIAL POWER TRANSMISSION PVT. LTD.

97

J

EVEREST BLOWERS

121

EXIDE INDUSTRIES LTD.

47

F

JAGDISH ENGINEERING WORKS

191

JAY STEEL CORPORATION

197

JYOTI CERAMIC INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

3

FLIR SYSTEMS INDIA PVT. LTD.

61

JYOTI CNC AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.

IBC

FLUKE INDIA

51

JYOTI STEEL & ENGG. CO.

207

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

232

| June 2013

ADVERTISERS INDEX COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

K

COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

RED LION CONTROLS INC.

45

K.H. ENGINEERS

221

RENISHAW INDIA

35

KNOWELL INTERNATIONAL PVT. LTD.

219

RITTAL INDIA - EPLAN DIVISION

INNER GATEFOLD

KUMBHOJKAR PLASTIC MOULDERS

219

RR KABEL LIMITED

20

KUSAM ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES LTD.

187 & 193

S

L

SAFEXPRESS PVT. LTD.

13

LAKSHMI RING TRAVELLERS (COIMBATORE) LTD.

73

SCRUM SYSTEM

129 & 131

LAPP INDIA PVT. LTD.

26-27

SHREE NM ELECTRICALS LTD.

101

LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED

29

SHREE SIDDHIVINAYAK INDUSTRIES

191

LENZE MECHATRONICS PVT. LTD.

223

SIDDHAPURA MACHINE TOOLS

10

LOKESH MACHINES LIMITED

93

SMALLEY STEEL RING COMPANY

109

LUBI INDUSTRIES

89

SOFTCORE SOLUTIONS

225

SPERONI SPA

95

M MAINI MATERIALS MOVEMENT PVT. LTD.

15

SRI VISHNU PUMP MFG. CO.

221

MECO METERS PVT. LTD.

32-33

STEEL EXCHANGE INDIA LTD.

65

MICROSCAN

49

SUMI CYCLO DRIVE INDIA PVT. LTD.

74

MONIBA ANAND ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD.

221

SUMITRON EXPORTS PVT. LTD.

151, 153, 189 & 191

SUPREME & CO

17

SURAJ LIMITED

39

N NEPTUNE (INDIA) LTD.

59

NEWAGE FIRE PROTECTION INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

227

T

O OMRON AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.

9

P PAARTH VALVES PVT. LTD.

229

PARAGDEEP METALS

201

PARKER

21

PC|SCHEMATIC

147

PELICAN PRODUCTS AND SERVICES INDIA PVT. LTD.

220

POWERCONNECT (INDIA)

40-41

PROCON TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD.

189

TECHNO PRODUCTS DEVELOPMENT PVT. LTD.

84-85

TESTO INDIA PVT. LTD.

43

THE MOTWANE MANUFACTURING CO. PVT. LTD.

234

THERMO-TECH INDUSTRIES

200

TINITA ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.

199

U UNILINE ENERGY SYSTEMS (PVT) LTD.

117

W WMI KONECRANES INDIA LTD.

53

X XYLEM INDIA

R RADIX ELECTROSYSTEMS PVT. LTD.

11

Z

RAJDEEP AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.

231

ZICOM ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEMS LTD. ENGINEERING REVIEW |

233

| June 2013

1

137

cooperation sustains innovation

monoBLOCK® 65 / 85 / 105 / 125 NEXT GENERATION

Work pieces starting from 600 kg up to 2,600 kg by 5-axis simultaneous machining

± 120°

For Service & Spareparts support call our new Toll Free No. 1800 103 6467

Highlights monoBLOCK® NEXT GENERATION _ 5-axis machining of up to 1,000 kg on the DMU 65 monoBLOCK® and up to 2,600 kg on the DMU 125 monoBLOCK® (3-axis up to 1,800 – 3,000 kg) _ Small footprint, Example: 7.9 m2 for the DMU 65 monoBLOCK® _ SK50 / HSK-A100 available starting with the DMU 85 monoBLOCK® _ 430 Nm of torque available with a 52 kW motor spindle _ Unrestricted crane loading from above

_ The best accessibility, ergonomics, work area, control and a tool magazine operated from the front _ Stainless steel lining for the work area for greater durability and value retention _ Milling/turning technology and a pallet changer available as an add-on feature

All of the latest news available at: www.dmgmoriseiki.com DMG / MORI SEIKI India: No. 3/1, 3rd Main Road, K I A D B Peenya 1st Stage Bangalore 560 058, India, Tel.: +91-80-40896500, Fax: +91-80-41131285, info@dmgmoriseiki.com, www.dmgmoriseiki.com If your phone is equipped with QR-code recognition software, you will be directed to our homepage.